A list of horror villains in anime that scare the protagonists

Editor Li Fan obtained an inventory system, and he could get amazing rewards by taking inventory.

The sense of oppression is at its maximum, and the beginning is an inventory of the top ten terrifying villains.

TOP1 Naruto World, Pain Six Paths!

A monster with nuclear weapons in his hands? Who can fight him?

TOP2 Bleach World, Sosuke Aizen!

The IQ is high and the strength is invincible! It’s not too much to call him the strongest villain!

TOP3 A certain anime world, Lelouch Lamperouge

Lu Dian, you are my Superman!

TOP4…..

With the exposure of one extremely oppressive villain after another, the whole world is scared to death!

“Who wants to be the protagonist if you can be the villain?”

A list of horror villains in anime that scare the protagonists
Chapter 1: A strange screen descends upon the universe, and the inventory system is successfully bound!
Li Fan is an editing designer.
My daily work is to edit high-energy highlights of anime protagonists.
Looking at the collection of the same old positive protagonists, Li Fan couldn’t help but feel bored.
The villains are actually pretty cool, and it would be cool to make a collection of all the villains.
He had discussed this with his leader before, but all he got was merciless ridicule.
“You cut whatever Party A wants, understand?”
Well, if I had the money to pay the rent, I would get any type of haircut I want.
Li Fan thought so in his heart.
Suddenly, Li Fan felt as if an electric current passed through his body.
【bite!】
[The Wanjie Inventory System has been bound to the host]A kind and sweet girl’s voice echoed in Li Fan’s mind.
Li Fan was stunned.
Then I was overjoyed. What the hell! A cheat!
As a veteran online literature enthusiast, Li Fan knew that this was a very popular system recently.
It’s my turn to have such a good thing happen, haha!
“What good am I?”
Li Fan asked happily.
[The host needs to organize the edited videos into a series and upload them to the heavens and the worlds for everyone to watch.][Both the counter and the counted can receive mysterious rewards]The sweet girl’s voice in my head responded.
Hearing this, Li Fan grinned.
The system’s reward should at least be higher than the rent.
The sweet girl’s voice sounded in my mind again.
[Host please upload the video and decide the title]Li Fan thought about it for a while and decided on the inventory topic.
Damn, I feel like throwing up after seeing these decent characters being edited every day.
Then let me take stock of the top ten most oppressive villains!
【bite】
[The title content has been confirmed, and the heavens and worlds are being connected][Naruto world is connected][The Pirate World is Connected]【Dragon Ball World is connected】
【Giant World is connected】
.
As the system sounded, different worlds were connected in series on the system console screen in front of Li Fan…
At the same time, in the Naruto world.
The originally calm sky in the Naruto world suddenly experienced a spatial distortion, and then the azure blue sky shattered like a lens.
After a strange phenomenon, the shattered sky slowly reorganized and formed a giant electronic screen standing in the sky.
The screen is surrounded by a silver frame, emitting a sacred light.
Majestic and magnificent.
Konoha Village.
“What a strange thing. I’ve never seen it before, but it looks very cool.” Naruto and Shikamaru exclaimed while eating ramen at Ichiraku Noodle House.
The Third Hokage Sarutobi was staring at the mysterious and huge screen in the sky in deep thought. The villagers of Konoha Village gathered in the square, whispering and talking.
“What is this?” Danzo said, standing behind Sarutobi, staring at the screen that suddenly appeared in the sky.
“I don’t know. I’ve never seen it before. I can’t feel the chakra fluctuations of this thing at all.”
Sarutobi looked at the screen in the sky and felt inexplicably worried.
Could the Uchiha family’s conspiracy be related to this thing in the air?
Obito stood on the top of the tree wearing a one-eyed mask, looking at the huge screen that appeared in the air, lost in thought.
Is this an illusion or something else? Will this never-before-seen item affect the Infinite Moon Reading’s plan?
….
Pirate world.
Just like in the Naruto world, after a space fluctuation, a majestic screen appeared in the sky.
On the vast ocean, Golden Merry is sailing slowly on the sea.
“Luffy! This is terrible, there is a strange thing in the sky”
Usopp ran to Luffy with his hands dancing, pointing at the screen in the sky and shouting.
“Ah, what is that? Can I eat it? Haha.”
Luffy rubbed his head in confusion and laughed.
World Government, Marine Headquarters.
“Oh, it’s so scary, there’s such a big TV screen in the sky”
Kizaru squinted his eyes lazily and spoke slowly.
“Akainu, go investigate and see if the Four Emperors are becoming restless again.”
Sengoku folded his arms and said to Akainu.
Great Route, North Sea.
In the Whitebeard Pirates, Marco stood beside Edward Newgate, looking at the magnificent and majestic screen in the sky. He wanted to say something several times, but fell silent again.
“Dad, I think it was the Navy who did it. Seriously, let me go investigate first.”
Ace said to Whitebeard excitedly.
“My dear sons, what can the navy do? I have a white beard, hahahahaha”
Whitebeard picked up a bucket of liquor, tilted his head back and poured the liquor into his chest, making a loud laughing sound.
One punch world.
When the sky twisted and fluctuated, the Hero Association responded immediately.
This strong energy sensation, which surpassed anything in the world, was beyond their understanding. The Hero Association urgently rated this incident as a god-level event.
Today is the 10th anniversary celebration of the supermarket chain in City Z, and all items are 40% off!
The huge discounts made Saitama’s eyes light up, and he dragged his apprentice, the S-class hero Genos, to the supermarket for a shopping spree.
Just as Saitama walked out of the supermarket contentedly, he received an early warning of a god-level disaster event.
“What’s going on, teacher? It’s actually a god-level event. Could it be that they made a mistake?”
Genos instantly entered a fighting stance, his eyes turning from Saitama to the huge screen in the sky.
“What…what is this? A flying LCD TV!?”
Genos exclaimed.
Saitama was carrying bags of goods and looking at the huge screen in the sky. His expression suddenly became serious.
“I felt an extraordinary power on that TV, even a serious punch would not have any effect on it”
Saitama said to Genos with a frown.
For a while.
Everyone in the heavens and the world, no matter who it is, noticed the huge, majestic and magnificent screen in the sky.
At this moment, the screen suddenly flickered, and everyone felt a force coming from the law.
[I’m glad everyone can see my video, I will bring you some interesting things]Li Fan’s voice suddenly descended upon all worlds, spreading through the minds of everyone in the world with its mysterious and irresistible majesty.
[From now on, I will take stock of the top ten terrifying and oppressive villains in the universe! ]As soon as the voice fell, everyone in the world was shocked!
Three things to do when reading: read, collect, and reward!
Automatically subscribe to the latest chapters
APP audiobook (free)
High-quality audio, popular voice actors, offline listening
ActivityRegister as a Filo member and get 200 points![Register Now]Chapter 2: It’s actually a list of the top ten villains! Everyone is shocked! (Old version)
What does he mean?
Top ten terrifying and oppressive villains?
inventory!?
What is going on! ?
The audience from all over the world were talking about it, constantly speculating on the intention of Li Fan’s words.
Naruto world.
A secret experimental base.
Orochimaru, who was conducting live experiment research, smiled strangely when he heard Li Fan’s words.
“Interesting, a villain?”
Orochimaru licked his lips. As the most representative villain in the Naruto world, he was very interested in this inventory.
Kabuto stood behind Orochimaru, pushed his glasses frame, a cold light reflected from the lenses, and after thinking for a while, he spoke to Orochimaru in a deep voice.
“Perhaps the information listed above will be useful. If there are people from our world, we can try to use it.”
In the Hidden Rain Village, inside the tower.
Konan looked at the huge screen that appeared on the screen and said thoughtfully to Nagato beside him:
“Villains, this is a really interesting inventory”
The skinny Nagato coughed softly, with a sickly look on his face. He responded:
“Ahem… Now the plan has reached the stage of capturing the tailed beasts. I hope it won’t have any impact on our plan…”
In the mysterious cave.
Wearing a one-eyed mask, Obito looked at the screen in the sky. Hearing the inventory of villains, he was shocked and said slowly:
“An inventory of villain characters?”
“My identity should not be exposed yet…”
In the boundless universe, a spaceship with a hideous appearance is sailing slowly.
Boros sat on the throne of the spaceship, feeling confused when he heard the inventory of villains on the screen.
“Villain? What is that?”
Goryuganshup explained to Poros:
“Lord Boros, villains are evil forces with great power.”
Hearing Golyugansop’s explanation, Boros laughed wildly.
“Hahaha, then isn’t this inventory tailor-made for me?”
“As for the remaining villains…let’s take them out one by one.”
Boros said with fanaticism in his eyes and in a haughty and arrogant manner.
In the city.
Looking at Genos, who was carrying a large number of bags of goods in his hands, Saitama turned his head and said:
“What is a villain? Is he very powerful? He can just throw one punch anyway.”
Genoston was shocked!
In the vast ocean, the Golden Merry was moving slowly on the sea.
“Huh? He said they were villains, so let me defeat them!”
Luffy showed his signature smile, swung his right arm into a windmill and said with a smile.
In addition, all places and forces in the universe
Everyone heard Li Fan’s majestic voice.
Countless audiences started talking about it.
Regarding the inventory of the “Top Ten Horror Villains”, everyone is guessing in their minds which characters will be on the list.
Kimimaro: “Lord Orochimaru must be on the list.”
Boros: “Let’s get started, I can’t wait to see myself.”
Musashi: “The evil that permeates love and truth”
Kojiro: “A cute and charming villain”
Musashi and Kojiro said in unison, “That’s us~”
Some people also think that if they take stock of the powerful villains in their own world.
That is an extremely valuable piece of information!
But more villains believe that being counted is a recognition of their strength, which is also a kind of honor they pursue.
…
Through the system, you can see people in all the worlds having different reactions.
Li Fan was very satisfied; this was the effect he wanted.
[After each round of counting, the person being counted will receive a precious mysterious reward! ]Li Fan’s voice full of sacred majesty once again resounded in the minds of everyone in the world.
After hearing this, there was a huge discussion among all the heavens and worlds.
But the audience from all over the world were divided into two different opinions. One opinion was that the reward Li Fan mentioned was nothing special.
“What reward? These things are just clowns trying to attract attention.”
“Reward? Can you afford the reward I want?”
“I’m already this strong, any reward that doesn’t make me stronger is rubbish”
Another point of view holds extremely high expectations for the rewards mentioned by Li Fan.
It can connect all the heavens and worlds together.
This is a god-like power.
If even such a person considers it a precious gift, it must be a treasure that makes countless people jealous.
It’s terrifying to think about it.
Perhaps it can allow one to break through to a level far beyond one.
“Mysterious reward! What will it be like?”
“Being counted is not only a testament to one’s strength, but one can also get rewards. It’s fun and interesting!”
“I really want to know what the reward is. I can’t wait. Let’s get started!”
Aizen Sosuke: “Interesting.”
Look at the chat channels and titles.
Obito’s pupils contracted in the Naruto world.
In his opinion, the ability to create this screen that connects all the heavens and worlds is a terrifying strength that is beyond cognition.
The reward given by a person of this level might be enough to resurrect Lin.
“If I can obtain this precious reward, then I can revive Lin!”
He looked into the distance and his thoughts went back to the past.
“I want to create a world with Lin!”
Obito muttered to himself as he stared at the screen in the air.
Other similar villains.
The same is true.
They couldn’t help but be moved by this “reward”.
For a moment, they all hoped that they could be the ones to be counted.
Even in the outside world of the heavens.
Many people with weaker strength have already started praying.
I hope there is a slight chance that I will be chosen.
Li Fan felt it was time to start taking inventory.
He waved his arm.
The magnificent screen of the heavens and myriad worlds began to change.
Just as everyone was sighing.
Lines of subtitles slowly appeared on the screen.
【The inventory officially begins! 】
[Top Ten Terrifying and Oppressive Villains in the Universe][First place: Pain’s Six Paths! ]The voice fell.
The audiences from all over the world were excited!
Chapter 3: Inventory begins! The sense of oppression is full, and Pain’s Six Paths appear! (Old version)
In the Hidden Rain Village, in the high tower.
Xiaonan looked at Pain’s name that appeared on the screen.
He turned around and looked at Nagato in surprise.
After thinking about many possibilities, I even think that it should be Hanzo of Salamander or Danzo of Salamander on the list.
I didn’t expect that it was Pain controlled by Nagato.
This gave her a deeper understanding of Nagato’s strength.
At this time, the Akatsuki organization was discussing through virtual images the magnificent screen that suddenly appeared in the sky and what rewards the characters being counted might get.
Just after seeing Payne’s name on the screen.
The other members attending the meeting, Sasori, Deidara, Zetsu, Obito, Uchiha Itachi, Hoshigaki Kisame, Kakuzu, Hidan and others just stared at Tendo Pain silently.
“Um…”
Payne was about to say something, but then he changed his mind and said in a deep voice:
“This may be a good thing. After all, the reward from God can help us achieve peace faster…”
Deidara said excitedly: “The boss got the reward. It’s not easy for us to catch the tailed beast.”
Scorpion snorted: “We have all received rewards from God, so we don’t have to catch the tailed beasts anymore.”
Feidan looked at Pain with a burning gaze: “Boss, you have to help me complete the mission of preaching when the time comes.”
Hoshigaki Kisame smiled and said: “If we get the reward, then the plan can be accelerated and the ideal world will come sooner.”
Zetsu looked at the name on the screen and cried out in dismay, if Nagato got this mysterious reward, the plan to rescue his mother would have many more variables.
Obito was shocked. This reward is not mine. I have to find a way to get Nagato to help me revive Lin.
As an undercover agent, Itachi secretly groaned in his heart. If Pain got the reward, it would become even more difficult to protect Konoha.
In all the heavens and worlds, in different worlds.
Almost everyone has questions
Pain’s Six Paths?
A strange sounding name.
Which world is this powerful person from?
If someone claims to be the Heavenly Dao, then he must have extraordinary strength.
Being able to make it into the list proves that it is a super strong existence.
A villain who can be rated as terrifying and oppressive must be undoubtedly powerful.
Ichigo Kurosaki: “I don’t know if he can withstand my Getsuga Tensho.”
Zhang Chulan: “This name sounds like Japan”
Saitama: “Will the fight end with just one boring punch again?”
Luffy: “Is this person also a Devil Fruit user?”
Hungry Wolf: “Why is this guy on the list?”
People from different worlds were discussing their issues.
They all developed a strong interest in this Pain Tiandao.
What makes them even more curious is the person who can be counted.
What exactly is the difference between them and the strong people in their world?
While people from all over the world were still discussing it.
Suddenly!
The picture slowly appeared on the majestic screen in the sky.
The image of Pain’s Six Paths appeared in front of everyone in the world for the first time.
In the picture, Pain and the other six are all wearing Akatsuki’s iconic windbreakers embroidered with red clouds.
Pain Tendou, who was standing in the middle, had his nose pierced by three black sticks and a forehead guard with scratches on his head.
A pair of reincarnation eyes that control the power of life and death emit a strange light.
The other five also had strange black rods inserted into their bodies.
The most terrifying thing is that they all possess the Rinnegan, the ultimate eye technique!
Just standing there released a terrifying pressure that was like facing Mount Tarzan.
This caused people from all over the world to exclaim and discuss.
Zoro: “What kind of aura is this? It’s comparable to Conqueror’s Haki!”
Bang: “This kind of oppression can only be felt from a dragon-level monster!”
Zhang Chulan: “Fuck, he really deserves to be on the list of villains. This oppressive feeling makes me breathless.”
Gojo Satoru: “Well, this fits my impression of a villain.”
Genos: “I can feel the same feeling from them as I do from Teacher Saitama”
Usopp: “How terrible! I don’t want to meet such an opponent.”
Allen: “They are so much smaller than the Titans, but I feel a danger from them that far exceeds that of the Titans.”
Boros: “This is the opponent I’m looking for. I feel the aura of a strong man from them.”
Sakata Gintoki: “Do you have to be so scary? It feels like the sky has darkened as soon as you appear.”
At this moment, people in the Naruto world were also in an uproar.
Kakashi: “Akatsuki’s uniforms? This should be very useful information.”
Naruto: “No matter who it is, I will defeat anyone who threatens the village.”
Orochimaru: “It’s the Samsara Eye, which is countless levels higher than the Sharingan.”
Deidara: “This is the pressure of the boss’ appearance!”
Shikamaru: “Looks like I need to watch carefully and collect some information about the other party.”
Iruka: “Is this the legendary Akatsuki organization? This terrifying feeling is too scary.”
In addition to feeling the shock when the Six Paths of Pain appeared, all the ninjas in Konoha felt a deep sense of crisis.
now.
Everyone in the heavens and worlds was shocked by the appearance of Pain’s Six Paths.
But what made everyone even more curious was that his mere appearance exuded a suffocating aura.
How will this terrifying and oppressive villain perform next?
Chapter 4: Encountered an Invasion! The Biggest Crisis in Konoha’s History is Coming! (Old Version)
As everyone looked on expectantly, the huge screen in the sky began to slowly change the picture.
In the picture, Konoha Village is being severely destroyed by Pain’s Six Paths.
The Animal Path summoned countless ferocious and terrifying summoned beasts that rampaged and destroyed Konoha’s buildings.
Shurado used thermal weapons with his modified body to bombard the village.
And the human way actually pulls people’s souls out alive.
The ninjas of Konoha fought back with all their might, bombarding them with ninjutsu moves one after another.
The Hungry Ghost Path that was bombarded was completely unharmed and absorbed all the ninjutsu directly into its body.
Tsunade and the Anbu members are now confronting Pain Tendo.
This scene triggered heated discussions among people from all walks of life.
“Were all these terrible monsters summoned by that little girl called Beast Path?”
The second-ranked S-class hero, Tornado, codenamed Tremble, said in a lost voice.
“Just these summoned monsters are equivalent to demon-level monsters. Pain’s strength is really terrifying.”
Bang, the third ranked S-class hero, codenamed Silver Fang, said in a deep voice beside him.
Sanji: “These guys are really scary. That guy named Shurado is like a human arsenal, comparable to a navy ship!”
Nami: “Look, that guy called Human Dao can extract people’s souls. It’s really scary.”
Zhang Chulan: “That hungry ghost is too tough. It was attacked like this without any damage. It’s too exaggerated.”
At this time, everyone in Konoha Village reacted equally violently.
The members of Class 7 had the most intense reaction.
Naruto, Haruno Sakura, and Sasuke all opened their eyes wide.
How is this possible!
Konoha Village was invaded! ?
Naruto looked at the screen and said angrily:
“Konoha Village is the most powerful village. With the Hokage in charge, how could it be easily invaded? This must be fake.”
Sasuke, who was usually calm, suddenly became emotional and said:
“Nonsense! No matter how powerful the enemy is, Konoha’s defenses can never be broken through so easily by them.”
Haruno Sakura looked at the devastated village in the picture, her eyes filled with tears. She covered her mouth and could not make a sound.
The people around were talking about it.
They all looked incredulous.
At the same time, the other ninjas of Konoha were also horrified.
Konohamaru: “Where did Grandpa go? Why didn’t I see him?”
Kakashi: “Konoha was invaded on such a large scale, is this something that will happen in the future?”
Kakashi fell into deep thought…
In the room of Konoha Hokage’s office.
The Sandaime Hokage Sarutobi frowned.
“What on earth is going on?”
I just wanted to see what this video was about, the top ten most powerful villains, and Six Paths of Pain.
He hadn’t heard a word of it.
But the result is like this.
The village was destroyed like this!
His figure was not seen in the picture, but it was impossible for him not to be there when such a big thing happened in Konoha.
This made him deeply worried, it seemed that many changes would happen in Konoha.
Moreover, the terrifying and suffocating feeling of oppression brought by the Six Paths of Pain that appeared on the screen gave him a bad feeling.
I can’t imagine what incredible things will happen next.
Not only the ninjas of Konoha Village were shocked by this, but other major countries also found this scene incredible.
Iwagakure Village.
The Third Tsuchikage Ohnoki looked at the invaded Konoha on the screen and lowered his head in thought.
Even the most powerful Konoha seemed so easily defeated when invaded by Pain.
If the Hidden Rock Village was invaded, what would be the chances of success? He wondered secretly.
Hidden Cloud Village.
The Fourth Raikage Ai was also looking at the invaded Konoha Village on the screen at this time.
But his attitude is the opposite of Ohnoki’s. He has absolute confidence in his own strength.
“Hmph, although he has a great momentum, the attack power of that Shurado Pain is still too weak. I guess he can’t even break my lightning armor.”
“No matter how many spirit beasts you summon, they are too weak to be a threat.”
The Sand Village.
The Fourth Kazekage Rasa looked at the images playing on the screen and was initially surprised to see the scene of Konoha Village being invaded.
Then I thought about the current financial difficulties of the Sand Village, and wondered what would happen in the future.
Then I still have some time to deploy my plan before that day comes.
At that time, they can launch an attack on Konoha at the same time, which will not only eliminate the potential threat to Konoha but also benefit from it.
“Hahaha, that would be great if this were true.”
Thinking of this, Luo Sha couldn’t help but laugh.
The ninja villages of other major countries all have different ideas.
At this moment, something strange happened.
“Absolutely ridiculous”
Following a cold snort from Tendo Pain on the screen.
On the screen, Pain, who had just been confronting Tsunade, slowly rose into the sky.
As he slowly rose into the air, his momentum suddenly increased to tens of millions times!
And it is still getting worse!
“Feel the pain, think about the pain”
Payne’s mumbling slowly came from the screen like a spell.
The audience from all over the world stared at the scene in front of them with wide eyes.
He seems…
What a big deal!
Feilu novel, Fei will make you look good!
Turn on lazy reading mode
Chapter 5: Konoha is destroyed, and everyone in the world exclaims! What!? Hand-rubbed nuclear weapons! (Old version)
“Accept the pain, understand the pain”
“Those who do not know pain will never know true peace”
As he whispered.
Payne slowly rose to the top of the sky.
A numbing feeling of oppression suddenly came over me.
It seems as if time has stood still at this moment.
Audiences from all over the world can feel this terrifying and suffocating feeling of oppression outside the screen!
Under the strong light, Payne felt suffocated as if death had come.
Under the gaze of the Rinnegan on the screen.
Not only Konoha, but all the audience outside the screen felt a sense of fear as if the end of the world was coming.
“Start from here.”
“Let the world feel the pain.”
“Shen! Luo! Tian! Zheng!”
The picture suddenly paused!
then.
People only felt a violent tremor coming!!!
A force carrying the power to destroy everything swept over from all directions on the land beneath Payne’s feet.
Everything it passed through was instantly turned into ashes!
Wait until the power dissipates.
………
The originally prosperous and peaceful Konoha Village.
Now.
All that was left was a deep pit as if left by a huge meteorite.
The smell of death is everywhere.
Destroyed!!!
After all the audiences in the world saw this scene.
They all gasped.
“hiss………”
The people from all over the world were originally discussing this.
At this point it became completely silent.
Silence, deathly silence.
Until I was stunned for a long time.
Channel chat.
Only then did people from other worlds exclaim as if they had survived a disaster.
It was as if they were the ones experiencing the Shinra Tensei.
Zhang Chulan: “This is fucking cheating, rubbing nuclear weapons in your hands, who can fight you?”
With Zhang Chulan’s exclamation, the original silence was broken and everyone started talking again.
Tornado: “This…..such an exaggerated power, does it really exist?”
Doflamingo: “This is really an eye-opener for me.”
Doflamingo: “This level of combat power is enough to make the whole world tremble!!”
Boros: “Very good, very good!”
Boros: “This is the strong man I expect.”
Sakata Gintoki: “Fuck! Someone is cheating!”
Bone King: “A strong man from another world, you are worthy of my praise.”
Pluto: “Only when you have gone through the seven levels of loneliness can you become a truly strong person.”
Pluto: “It is obvious that you are already a strong one…”
……..
Obito was also shocked and it took him a long time to react.
Even though he knew the situation of Pain’s Rinnegan.
But he was still shocked by the strong impact of the picture.
“…….It turns out that Nagato is so powerful that he can catch the tailed beast by himself.”
The other side.
Root leader Danzo Shimura watched the video playing on the screen in the sky.
My scalp is tingling.
Just one technique razed Konoha to the ground.
Shimura Danzo: “Looking at it this way, being the Hokage of Konoha is a bit dangerous. Should I consider changing to another village…”
And Kakashi is known as the genius copy ninja.
At this moment, looking at the ruins of Konoha Village on the screen.
He frowned and thought.
Kakashi: “We have information about this destructive power, but how do we deal with it?”
The members of Class 7 were so surprised after seeing this scene that they couldn’t close their mouths.
The shock in Naruto’s eyes quickly disappeared.
Instead, his eyes were filled with anger.
Naruto: “Damn it, these people are destroying our village so recklessly, I must defeat you and protect the future of the village!”
What he didn’t know was that in the future world, he had already fulfilled his promise at that moment.
There was a hint of fear in Sasuke’s expression, but it quickly turned into hatred.
Because he knew that the man had also joined the Akatsuki organization.
Sasuke: “I will kill you myself, and I will stop you from destroying the village.”
Sasuke clenched his fists and said with an appraising look in his eyes.
……
Behold this scene of destructive power.
The strongest fighters from other hidden villages were secretly evaluating themselves.
If his village was attacked by Pain.
What is the result?
Raikage Ai: “The strength displayed by Pain Tendou has already surpassed the Kage level.”
Raikage Ai: “Even if I face him, I am not sure of winning.”
Kazekage Rasa: “This… this devastating blow, if the Sand Village faces such a danger, it will be wiped out…”
Tsuchikage Ohnoki: “Under this powerful attack, the Hidden Rock Village will be powerless to fight back.”
Mizukage Mei Terumi: “Akatsuki… actually has such a terrifying strong man. What will happen if the Hidden Mist Village is attacked by such a person…”
Just when everyone was still surprised by the terrifying destructive power of Tendo Pain.
In the sky.
The scene on the magnificent screen changed.
The location is still in the Konoha Village that was turned into ruins by Pain.
The only difference is that a Naruto who has transformed into the Nine-Tails with red chakra appeared on the screen.
The nine tails glow red.
The evil and weird red light makes people terrified.
Sarutobi saw Naruto transformed into a tailed beast on the screen at a glance.
Terrified.
“Not only has it transformed into a tailed beast, but it has four tails!”
The rest of the people in Konoha were also surprised when they saw Naruto appear on the screen.
Is it possible! ?
There is still hope for Konoha!
Chapter 6: Naruto appears as a tailed beast! The strongest move, the Tailed Beast Ball, fights against Pain! (Old version)
Sarutobi wasn’t the only one who was extremely surprised.
Even Naruto, the person involved, was stunned in surprise.
Looking at myself transformed into a tailed beast on the screen.
Exuding that extremely powerful dark red chakra.
Naruto touched the seal of the Nine-Tails on his stomach and said in surprise:
“Is this the full power of Jiu Lama? It’s so amazing!”
And at this time, Sasuke was beside him.
Seeing the Four-Tails Naruto emitting a terrifying aura on the screen.
While feeling surprised, a hint of barely perceptible jealousy rose in my heart.
It’s obvious that this guy is just a laggard.
How can he possess such tremendous power!
“Humph, you are the last one. No matter how powerful this force is, you can’t control it.”
Sasuke snorted disdainfully.
“I will harness this power and protect the village!”
Naruto responded to Sasuke firmly.
Haruno Sakura was also very surprised to see Naruto appear on the screen.
In her heart, Naruto is just a last-rate person.
And at this moment he actually appeared on the screen, fighting against the terrifyingly powerful Pain.
He should have appeared at this time to save the village from danger.
It should be Sasuke-kun!
Just as everyone in Konoha was surprised by the sudden appearance of Naruto in the Four-Tails form.
The strong men from other hidden villages in the five major countries were also secretly surprised.
This was the first time they had felt the Jinchūriki unleashing the full power of the Tailed Beast.
Killer Bee: “…This little guy has not yet completely merged with the tailed beast in his body. Even so, the power he has displayed is enough to destroy a country.”
Killer Bee, the perfect Jinchuriki, exclaimed.
At this time, Fengyin Village.
The Fourth Kazekage Rasa’s eyes widened when he saw the Four-Tails Naruto appear on the screen.
The moment before, he was gloating over the destruction of Konoha Village.
At this moment he couldn’t laugh anymore.
Luo Sha slammed his fist on the table and whispered angrily:
“Damn it, I didn’t expect that Konoha Village has such a powerful trump card hidden. If they are trained and the Jinchūriki and the Tailed Beast are perfectly integrated, they will never be able to fight against Konoha in the future.”
After a little thought, Rasa ordered his men to investigate the kid named Naruto. This kid might be the decisive variable in the future attack on Konoha!
Ohnoki was looking at Four-tailed Naruto who was being talked about by others. What he was thinking at this moment was that even the Nine-tailed Demon Fox with such powerful strength might not be a match for Pain.
Just as everyone in the Naruto world was talking about it.
The audience of Bankai also had a heated discussion about the sudden appearance of the Four-Tails Naruto on the screen.
One Punch World, City Z.
A remote, uninhabited area, where Saitama lives.
After finishing shopping at the supermarket, Saitama and Genos returned to Saitama’s house.
His house is very lively today. S-level heroes such as Tornado, Bang, and KING have gathered in his house to eat hot pot.
At this time, they saw the Four-Tails Naruto appear on the screen and started discussing.
Bang: “I didn’t expect that there are so many strong people in the other world. Just now, Payne appeared to destroy everything, and now there is a mysterious red fox. This inventory… is very interesting…”
“That Pein definitely can’t defeat such a powerful demon fox.”
Longjuan said as he picked up the beef from the hot pot.
“Hmm… I don’t think so. Since he is a villain that can be listed on the list, he may have some tricks that we don’t know about.”
Saitama quickly picked up the beef that Tornado was about to pick up and threw it into his mouth, then spoke slowly.
“hateful!!”
Tornado roared angrily, and her superpower was activated at once, and the room began to shake.
With the comfort of Bang, Genos and others, the house was saved from being destroyed by the tornado…
The scene on the screen continues.
Naruto, transformed into a tailed beast, began to attack Pain.
It showed an extremely high speed from the beginning, and only a vague red afterimage could be seen on the screen.
Four-Tails Naruto rushed towards Pain at a speed that could break through the air. The speed was so fast that you could faintly hear the sonic boom!
Bang!
After a loud bang, Payne stood up and jumped to the side, barely dodging it.
But the ground beneath his feet was hit by the Four-Tails Naruto, and a large amount of rubble flew into the air.
Seeing that Pain dodged the attack, Four-Tails Naruto slowly opened the fox’s mouth that had condensed into an almost material form.
Suddenly, a destructive chakra gradually gathered in the mouth of Naruto who had transformed into the Four-Tails.
“This… This is the ultimate move of the strongest tailed beast, the Nine-Tails, the Tailed Beast Ball!”
Shimura Danzo’s pupils shrank and he looked at the screen in surprise.
This attack was enough to stop a strong man like Pain.
Anyone who gets hit will surely die!
However!
An unexpected scene happened.
The audience looked at Payne on the screen in horror.
He has a villainous temperament.
Facing the fox demon that scares the audience.
At this moment, his expression was calm and he showed no fear at all.
Is this the feeling of oppression from the villain?
Or say.
It comes from his absolute confidence in his own strength.
“This guy is so calm despite the collapse of Mount Tai, could it be that he still has some hidden cards up his sleeve?”
Zhang Chulan exclaimed.
The audience in front of the screen suddenly felt terrified when they thought about it carefully!
Is that possible?
What ultimate move is Payne going to use next! ?
Chapter 7: Pain fights the tailed beast with his bare hands, my pain is greater than yours! (Old version)
The images on the screen continued to play.
I saw that the Tailed Beast Ball in the mouth of the Four-Tailed Naruto had condensed to its peak state.
A violent burst of energy shot towards Pain.
Payne dodged the attack with a quick move.
The audience in front of the screen were secretly sweating.
The next scene made everyone in front of the screen gasp.
Naruto began to change again, his aura continued to rise, and he even had an extra tail behind him.
Five-tailed Naruto!
Looking at Naruto’s rising momentum on the screen.
Everyone in the world exclaimed again.
Zhang Chulan: “Fuck, this can evolve? How can we fight it!”
Yuji Itadori: “Even for such a powerful person like Pain, it would be difficult to face such an opponent.”
Boros: “Hahaha, such a hearty battle makes my blood boil!”
The scene changed and the fight on the screen was still going on.
At this time, the speed of Five-Tails Naruto became faster, and he was in a fierce competition with Pain.
Although Pain was chased and beaten by Five-Tails Naruto, he avoided every attack.
even!
Careful viewers will notice.
Not only was Pain able to handle the pursuit of the tailed beast Naruto with ease.
And there is also a tendency to suppress Five-Tails Naruto.
Aizen Sosuke: “It seems that this powerful demon fox is no match for Pain.”
Following the words that Lan Ran posted in the discussion area.
The audience from all over the world was in an uproar!
Zoro: “He can even suppress such a powerful demon fox. How abnormal is Pein’s strength!”
Garou: “I thought Pain would be defeated by such a powerful demon fox, but I didn’t expect this result.”
Tanjiro Kamado: “This guy’s strength is truly unfathomable”
While the audience from all over the world were discussing this.
The work in the picture is also in full swing.
After several rounds, Five-Tails Naruto not only failed to defeat Pain, but instead showed a tendency to be suppressed by Pain.
This made Naruto even more frantic.
With that the attack was dodged by Pain.
Five-Tails Naruto actually began to evolve again!
As the evil and strange chakra gathered on Naruto’s body.
An aura and sense of oppression ten times stronger than before emanated from Naruto.
Six-tailed Naruto!
Seeing this scene, audiences from all over the world gasped.
“hiss……!”
Could it be possible for this demon fox to evolve infinitely?!
This extremely terrifying thought emerged in the audience’s minds.
Everyone in Konoha Village was equally shocked.
Yamato: “The power of Naruto’s tailed beast is almost at its limit! If he continues, he might not be able to control it!”
Hinata: “Naruto-kun…please don’t get hurt…”
Orochimaru: “I’ve heard of how powerful the tailed beasts are, but each evolution actually increases so much!”
The scene continues.
The battle on the screen has reached a fever pitch.
At this moment, the speed at which the Six-Tails Naruto’s Tailed Beast Ball is condensing is getting faster and faster.
It even turned into a burst mode!
And Pain on the screen was almost hit by the Tailed Beast Ball several times!
Just when the audience thought that Payne was at the end of his rope.
A jaw-dropping scene appeared!
On the screen, Payne formed seals with his hands and shouted angrily:
“All things are attracted by the sky!”
A mountain of rocks suddenly appeared and completely pressed Six-Tails Naruto to the ground.
The audience who saw this scene were all shocked.
Sanji: “What kind of strength is this? He can create a mountain casually?”
Kakashi: “I didn’t expect that Pain could be evenly matched with Naruto who transformed into Vulpix!”
Sakata Gintoki: “This level of combat is beyond the understanding of our world, ahhhh!”
Bang! Crash!
With a loud bang.
Naruto actually broke through the suppression of the rocks and shattered the mountain of rocks.
The almost tangible chakra turned into a pair of large hands, lifting the surrounding rocks and smashing them at Pain.
And under the continuous bombardment of the Six-Tails Naruto.
Payne actually smashed all the rocks with his powerful swing.
In a flash.
He clasped his hands together and shouted:
“My pain is greater than yours!”
Then Pain swung his fist and attacked Six-Tails Naruto.
at the same time.
An extremely terrifying force swept out from the screen.
It was as if the pain Payne was feeling was about to overflow the screen.
The audience in front of the screen can even see that Payne’s style of painting has changed.
It became twisted!
Seeing this scene, everyone started talking.
Hades: “Is this the power of pain?”
Zhang Chulan: “Your painting style is indeed better than his!”
Brook: “This strong man’s painting style is indeed different from others.”
Lelouch: “Is that so? I understand your pain.”
And at this moment.
The battle on the screen became more intense.
Six-tailed Naruto became even more violent after being attacked.
Attacking Payne at an extremely fast speed.
The speed is too fast and the audience in front of the screen can only see a red afterimage.
And Pain saw Six-Tails Naruto, whose momentum had reached its peak.
The decision was made in the blink of an eye.
He was seen running quickly towards the back at the same speed, followed closely by Naruto who had transformed into the Vulpix.
With a flash he rushed into a forest.
Pein took a deep breath and stared at the tailed beast Naruto in front of him.
At this moment, the scene on the screen changed.
Xiaonan suddenly appeared.
Konan turned around and said to Nagato beside her:
“You don’t have to go to such lengths…your body…”
Nagato put his hands together, and a black ball made of chakra condensed to the extreme slowly appeared.
“This is a necessary step in order to capture the Nine-Tailed Fox.”
Nagato said slowly.
As soon as he finished speaking, the black ball slowly rose into the sky.
As the black ball continues to rise.
Even the audience in front of the screen had a sense of foreboding.
They all felt it vaguely in their hearts.
Payne’s ultimate move is coming!
Just when Vulpix was about to approach Pain.
The change happened again!
Payne turned around and did a backflip, landing on a rock.
He put his hands together and whispered:
“Earth-shattering star!”
Chapter 8: Everyone is shocked, someone is rubbing the moon with his hands! (Old version)
Until the moment it overlaps with the sun.
It emits a dazzling golden light.
The audience in front of the screen couldn’t open their eyes because of the light emanating from the screen.
I saw the gravel on the ground began to vibrate slowly.
Then, strangely, black balls began to gather in the sky.
Payne on the screen opened his arms.
Suddenly, larger rocks broke out from the ground.
A strong sense of oppression followed.
Watching the strange scene in front of the screen.
The audiences from all over the world suddenly felt their scalps tingling.
Tornado: “Is this also a superpower? You can actually use such a strong gravitational force.”
Sonic: “Spicy Tensai!! Get up, Kutensai!! This is a real ninja!”
Abarai Renji: “As the gravitational pull continues, will it turn into a moon?”
Hitsugaya Toushirou: “As expected, this is a character that can be counted. This kind of power is truly terrifying.”
At this time, the Naruto world.
The ninjas of Konoha Village.
Staring intently at Pain who was releasing the Chibaku Tensei on the screen.
Everyone has not yet recovered from the destructive power of Shinra Tensei.
Seeing this even more terrifying Earth-shattering Star, everyone couldn’t help but gasp.
Nara Shikamaru: “Is this… Is this Pain’s trump card!?”
Aburame Shino: “…It seems that the rumor that Akatsuki wants to capture the Light-Tailed Beast is not groundless.”
Somewhere on a village street.
Jiraiya looked at the battle between Pain and Naruto on the screen and thought thoughtfully:
“This is Minato’s kid…and that’s Yahiko?”
“Why can Yahiko use the power of the Rinnegan? Could it be Nagato?”
Thinking of this, Jiraiya quickened his pace.
Moving quickly towards the Hidden Rain Village.
Akatsuki organization meeting place.
Everyone in the Akatsuki organization watched the battle between Pain and Naruto attentively.
Watching the two people fighting fiercely, the team members started a heated discussion.
Deidara: “I didn’t expect the Nine-Tails to have such a powerful destructive power, but fortunately the boss is more skilled.”
Hidan: “Of course, the boss is the boss after all.”
Kakuzu: “Listening to your words is like listening to your words.”
As the gravitational force of the black ball created by the Earth-shattering Star becomes stronger and stronger.
Even the Six-Tails Naruto was sucked into the center without any resistance under this gravity.
After a wail from the Six-Tails Naruto.
Then it was buried by a large amount of huge rocks and fragments.
The original black ball is now gathered by the stones.
It actually reached a size almost as big as the moon!
Everyone in the world saw this scene.
It’s boiling!
Zhang Chulan: “I thought rubbing nuclear weapons with hands was an exaggeration, but now rubbing the moon with hands is even more exaggerated!”
Tornado: “Well… I have to admit that when it comes to super powers, Pain is still more powerful.”
Yuji Itadori: “It’s so exaggerated without the need for a domain expansion, is this the world of ninjas?”
Usopp: “You must be so perverted! You always make the whole moon appear!”
Boros: “My blood is boiling! I want to fight this strong man!!”
Ichigo Kurosaki: “Are you kidding me? Is this really something a human can do?!”
Sanji: “….He said he was ‘God'”
…….
On the other side, the Naruto world.
The third team is still preparing for the Konoha Chunin Exam.
Looking at the “mini moon” created by Pain’s Chibaku Tensei on the screen.
The reaction was extremely exaggerated.
Rock Lee: “This guy named Pain is so strong, he must have trained very hard!”
Tiantian: “Pain is so powerful, what should I do when that day comes…”
Hyuga Neji: “…a battle of this scope is no longer something we can participate in.”
At the same time, members of Class 7.
I also saw this extremely shocking scene on the screen.
Naruto, Sakura and Sasuke have different ideas.
Even facing such a powerful Pain, Naruto still did not lose his fighting spirit.
Naruto: “Damn it, even Kurama’s power can’t defeat him. I must become stronger to protect the village.”
Sakura looked pale now.
Looking at the shocking scene on the screen.
Believes that Konoha’s destruction is already inevitable.
Sasuke seemed calmer at this time.
Sasuke: “Pain has already revealed all the information. We still have time to respond before that day comes.”
Sasuke’s words came out.
This made many people in Konoha start to calm down and think.
After all, everything on the screen is about the future.
And they still have time to respond.
Just when everyone was regaining their confidence and thinking about strategies.
On the screen, after the six-tailed Naruto was sealed.
All that was left was the extremely oppressive “mini moon”.
Just when everyone’s shock at Pain’s use of the Chibaku Tensei had not yet subsided.
The picture on the screen.
Change again!
Everyone was shocked!
Earth-shattering Star, is that not enough?
What on earth is this villain going to do next?
Sudden.
A new round of scenes unfolds.
Everyone looked closely!
Good job.
The Payne with black rods all over his body.
Now it has changed.
In the picture, Itachi and Pain became a pair of old, weak and sick people supporting each other.
Just when the audience was having fun.
Orochimaru’s eyes widened in horror.
“This! How is it possible!”
“Such a perfect Impure World Reincarnation Technique! Who did this?!”
Chapter 9: The old, weak, sick and disabled duo!? Edo Tensei Nagato strikes hard! (Old version)
When I think about how Orochimaru has worked hard over the years.
The technique of Impure World Reincarnation.
Only about half of it has been developed.
Still an unfinished product!
And now.
The video screen just appeared.
The audience’s attention is focused on the villain Nagato who appears again.
But a very confusing question filled their minds.
Didn’t we agree to take stock of Payne?
Who is this person who looks old and weak?
The audience began to speculate.
Sanji: “Who is this old and weak guy?”
Gojo Satoru: “Is there a possibility that this guy is the previous Pain?”
Tornado: “That’s possible. They seem to have the same eyes.”
Nami: “I think so too, this could be Pein.”
Usopp: “That’s right! The Creator will definitely not make a mistake!”
Everyone in the world suddenly understood what was going on when they saw the chat message on the screen.
first.
An inventory creator who has the power to connect all the worlds.
Naturally, you won’t make a mistake in the people you want to count.
Furthermore.
Although Nagato looks weak in the picture.
But he also possesses the Rinnegan that has shocked the powerful people in the Naruto world.
That’s a natural association.
The old man in front of me.
That invincible villain.
Heavenly Way Pain!
And at this time.
Orochimaru’s eyes widened as he looked at the Edo Tensei Nagato on the screen.
It cannot be said that the Impure World Reincarnation Technique in this picture is flawless.
I can only say it’s perfect!
Orochimaru almost fell to his knees.
Orochimaru: “Who created this technique?!”
Orochimaru: “I didn’t expect that there would be someone else doing this research besides me!”
Orochimaru stopped acting out of control.
He knew that this was something that would happen in the future.
Don’t think about it.
Wait and give Orochimaru some time to himself.
I can also use the Impure World Reincarnation technique to its full potential.
Maybe, Nagato in the video is my own reincarnation!
…..
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “Immortality!”
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “How is that possible! This is not the second generation’s goal……”
The video footage is too impactful.
The third generation found it difficult to accept it at first.
Could it be that this is another trick played by that kid Orochimaru?
Other dialogue comments came one after another.
Tanjiro Kamado: “Pein? Isn’t this guy still working on that Chibaku Tensei?”
Zoro: “I didn’t expect that. Those six war weapons are the same as the bandits. They are super villains.”
Zoro: “Surprisingly, it was controlled by Nagato alone!”
Sanji: “Is he a genius?”
Yuji Itadori: “If I were given six bodies, I would definitely turn them into mentally retarded children…”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “So this is the reason why villains become villains?”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “What? I think the villain still needs to have some sense of oppression.”
Tien Shinhan: “Don’t be ridiculous. A villain should be able to defeat a hundred enemies alone and overpower all the other heroes!”
Boros: “Tsk, tsk, tsk, a bunch of fools.”
Boros: “Villain, it’s not that simple.”
So many videos to watch.
Moviegoers have a lot of opinions about the word villain.
And next.
Video of Nagato’s journey as a villain.
Just, just beginning…
Come into the screen.
Nagato, Uchiha Itachi.
Hand in hand.
Like two old, weak and disabled people, walking on the road.
“We’re finally here.”
This sound.
It’s Uchiha Itachi.
“We’ve been walking for a long time since daybreak. It looks like we’re finally going to have to fight.”
“yes.”
Nagato responded.
“Who is coming?”
The two knew that their current bodies were the result of the Impure World Reincarnation.
But since returning to the ninja world.
They have no goals and don’t know what to do.
I always feel like I want to pick a fight with someone.
Nagato and Uchiha Itachi.
From the video, it looks like they are all ready for battle.
And outside the screen.
Some viewers just found it ridiculous.
Sonic: “Pain, you’re old.”
Sonic: “Look at how weak you are.”
Little Naruto: “Hahahaha! Although the Pain in front is scary.”
Little Naruto: “But is Pein now as hungry as I am and hasn’t eaten for several days?”
Little Naruto: “I always feel that Konohamaru can kill him alone…”
Zhang Chulan: “Yo!”
Zhang Chulan: “This is not…”
Zhang Chulan: “Old, weak, sick and disabled, a duo?”
Zhang Chulan: “Could it be that he collapsed after releasing the Earth-shattering Star?”
That’s why their audience says so.
Because the Payne on the screen is really a bit unsightly.
I feel so weak!
His face and lips were completely white, and he was trembling as he walked.
Such a person.
Still want to fight? Still want to drive?
Are you kidding me…
Bang: “Villains all have their moments of glory.”
Bang: “Could it be that what the screen is showing us now is the final fate of these villains after they have finished showing off?”
Almost no one is willing to look at the weak Nagato now with the same eyes that they used to look at the villain Pain.
But the next scene.
When Pain Nagato started to operate.
The audience was completely torn apart.
Chapter 10: You call this old, weak, sick and disabled!? Horror-level villains are just horrible! (Old version)
As Edo Tensei Itachi and Nagato slowly walked over.
Two figures suddenly flashed by.
A Naruto covered in golden light suddenly appeared in front of everyone.
Standing next to him was Killer Bee, the Eight-Tails’ perfect Jinchuriki.
And saw Naruto appear on the screen.
The most shocked were the Konoha ninjas.
Iruka: “Wasn’t Naruto sealed by Pein using the Chibaku Tensei?”
Iruka: “The Tailed Beast Coat he wears is a perfect fusion of the power of the Nine-Tailed Demon Fox?”
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “First, the return of the great villain Nagato, and then the golden Naruto in Nine-Tails mode”
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “Could it be that Konoha was not destroyed?”
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “What happened during this time?”
But when I saw Nagato appear on the screen.
Everyone had a bold guess in their mind?
Could it be that the villain Nagato is going to fight Naruto again this time?
And it’s mixed doubles! ?
While the audience was talking about it.
“Uchiha Itachi and Nagato?”
Naruto, who was covered in golden light in the video, asked.
Just when he was confused.
Uchiha Itachi said:
“Naruto, I have something to ask you.”
The person behind the Impure World Reincarnation obviously doesn’t want them to have too much interaction.
He directly controlled Uchiha Itachi and started the attack.
“Fire Style, Great Fireball Technique”
As Uchiha Itachi performed his technique.
A wave of scorching flames came.
See this scene.
This once again sparked heated discussions among the Konoha ninjas in the Naruto world.
Nara Shikamaru: “This is the genius of the Uchiha family, Itachi?”
Hyuga Neji: “Such an ordinary fireball technique can be so powerful in his hands.”
Looking at Uchiha Itachi on the screen.
Sasuke murmured to himself:
“Damn it, compared to my Great Fireball Technique… that man is so strong…”
Not just the Naruto world.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were also talking about it.
Zhang Chulan: “Is ‘Ask Something’ referring to the Great Fireball Technique?”
Tornado: “But it seems like these two weak guys are no match for the two men in front of us.”
Tanjiro Kamado: “Are these two sickly-looking guys really that powerful?”
Sakata Gintoki: “Isn’t this guy going to be the next villain?”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Nagato was always supported by him when he walked. This man must be much more powerful than Nagato.”
Renci: “To be honest, I think this person should be the protagonist of the inventory.”
Audiences from all over the world have different opinions.
Killer Bee reacted the moment Uchiha Itachi released the huge fireball.
He drew out the shark muscle from his waist and slashed towards the flames and heat wave.
Suddenly, a gap appeared in the heat wave and it dissipated.
This made the audience in front of the screen take a new look at Kirabi, who looked like a hip-hop singer.
Nami: “This guy’s weapon looks weird.”
Zoro: “I can’t believe it, he actually carries eight swords on his back!”
The ninjas in the Naruto world also talked about it when they saw Killer Bee break the Great Fireball Jutsu with one strike.
Darui: “This is the top fighting force of the Hidden Cloud Village, Master Killerbe!”
Hoshigaki Kisame: “Samehada!? Isn’t that my sword?”
The Fourth Raikage Ai: “Humph, you are worthy of being my younger brother. It is only natural for you to appear in such an occasion.”
And just at this moment.
Naruto, whose whole body was emitting golden light, wrestled with Uchiha Itachi.
The movements are as fast as lightning.
Compared to Naruto who appeared on the screen before.
At this time, he has greater strength and faster speed.
Watching several people fighting fiercely on the screen.
Only the Edo Tensei Nagato remained where he was and did not take any action.
This caused people from all over the world to complain.
Zhang Chulan: “See, I said he was weak.”
Zhang Chulan: “Others have been fighting for a long time, but he is still standing there motionless”
Tornado: “Nagato needs someone to support him when he walks, it doesn’t seem right to ask him to fight.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “As expected, this guy called Uchiha Itachi is the protagonist of the video.”
Following the discussion of the crowd.
The battle between Uchiha Itachi and Naruto on the screen became more and more intense.
As Kirabi joined the battlefield again.
The two of them attacked together and actually repelled Uchiha Itachi.
Careful viewers can find out.
Although Uchiha Itachi looked sick.
But the combat power displayed is very strong.
They can still fight against Naruto and Killer Bee on equal terms.
In contrast.
Nagato, standing there in a daze, looked even weaker.
But some viewers hold different ideas.
Uchiha Itachi, who looks so weak, has such powerful strength.
Could it be that the Nagato next to him actually possesses even more terrifying strength?
Just as everyone was still speculating.
A scene that no one expected appeared!
Nagato stood beside Uchiha Itachi and did not take any action.
The long-awaited villain finally takes action!
Chapter 11: Four-man melee, teammates betrayed? Edo Tensei Nagato fights alone! (Old version)
As Edo Tensei Nagato finished speaking.
A huge stone ball was attracted.
It went straight towards Naruto.
And this was not the first time Naruto faced Pain.
The chakra turned into a giant hand.
Push away the huge rock in front of you and move sideways.
Seeing Naruto’s quick reaction on the screen, the audience couldn’t help but admire:
Chopper: “The Naruto on the screen has grown a lot compared to before.”
Luffy: “He actually managed to avoid the strong gravitational pull of the Tensei. It’s definitely more powerful than before.”
Genos: “It looks like this battle will be exciting. I’m really looking forward to it.”
The scene changed.
The battle on the screen continues.
Nagato was seen with his hands on the ground.
A spiritual ritual formation appeared under his feet.
“The animal way, spiritualism!”
A cloud of thick smoke suddenly appeared on the screen.
Wait until the smoke clears.
Two spiritual beasts that were larger than the mountains suddenly appeared before their eyes.
It was a hideous three-headed dog and a strange big bird!
Audiences who have seen how much destruction this summoning beast caused in Konoha Village.
I know how terrible this is.
The three-headed dog of hell.
As long as you attack him, it will keep splitting.
It can’t be eliminated at all!
Seeing this, the audience in front of the screen was excited again.
Zhang Chulan: “Whoever said Nagato is not good just now, stand up!”
Feng Baobao: “Didn’t you say that?”
Sanji: “Isn’t this the ability of Animal Path Pain?”
Gojo Satoru: “I said this Nagato is the invincible Pain.”
Saitama: “Looks like he’s even more powerful than Pain.”
Zhang Chulan: “Nagato is awesome! My youth is back!”
Boros: “Based on this psychic skill, I would call him the strongest.”
As the audience continued to comment.
The battle in the picture continues.
Naruto directly used the Big Ball Rasengan to attack the three-headed dog.
Not only did it have no effect, but it exacerbated his division.
On the other side, Uchiha Itachi and Killer Bee were also fighting fiercely.
An octopus tail appeared on Kirabi’s body.
He held eight swords and attacked Uchiha Itachi.
See Kirabi in this weird fighting posture.
Zoro was the first to complain:
Zoro: “I have been practicing the three-sword style for so long”
Zoro: “This is the first time I’ve seen the Eight Swords Style in the world!”
Nami: “Is the ninja world so strange?”
Nami: “That Naruto can make a fox tail”
Nami: “This Kirabi actually grew an octopus tail”
Brooke: “It’s incredible.”
at this time.
The battle on the screen is still in full swing.
On the screen.
Uchiha Itachi dodged.
He quickly climbed onto the strange bird summoned by Nagato.
He happened to be looking at Naruto below.
moment.
His right eye turned into a Mangekyō Sharingan.
At this time, Naruto’s cheeks also swelled strangely.
It was as if something was about to come out.
As Naruto vomited.
A crow actually came out of Naruto’s mouth.
Danzo saw the crow’s eyes.
He exclaimed with his mouth wide open in surprise.
Shimura Danzo: “Is this Uchiha Shisui’s eye? Kotoamatsukami is hiding in it!”
The battle scenes continue.
Uchiha Itachi closed his eyes.
But blood actually flowed from the corner of his eye.
Kakashi: “It’s Amaterasu, this is Uchiha Itachi’s S-level ninjutsu!”
At Kakashi’s exclamation.
A strange scene happened.
Amaterasu actually started burning on Nagato’s body.
This sudden scene stunned all the viewers in front of the screen.
Bang: “Why did Uchiha Itachi attack Nagato?”
Tornado: “Could it be that his ninjutsu went awry?”
Ichi Ginmaru: “Why did their teammates start fighting?”
Orochimaru looked at the chat message on the screen and couldn’t help but sneer:
“Although the Impure World Reincarnation Technique can control the dead.”
“But Kotoamatsukami is a genjutsu that can forcibly change one’s will.”
“Itachi Uchiha on the screen should have escaped from the control of the caster.”
Following Orochimaru’s explanation.
The audience in front of the screen immediately understood.
It seems so.
It’s probably dangerous at this point.
The strength of Uchiha Itachi alone is obvious to everyone.
At this moment, Uchiha Itachi was already standing on the opposite side.
Most viewers think so.
No matter how powerful Nagato is.
There is absolutely no way he could beat the three people in front of him.
Looking at the screen, Nagato was lying on the ground burned by Amaterasu.
The audience in front of the screen became more convinced of their ideas.
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Oh, I thought this Nagato was so powerful.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “You fell to the ground just like that!?”
Boros: “I don’t think this little brother can do it either.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “The strongest villain is just a gimmick”
The mocking words of the crowd gradually appeared on the screen
Even those viewers who are very optimistic about Nagato’s abilities.
At this moment, my heart couldn’t help but start to waver.
Could it be that Changmen will be defeated at this moment! ?
Is this the so-called strongest villain?
Just as the audience was mocking.
A change occurred!
On the screen, Nagato’s limbs were broken by Amaterasu.
It actually started moving!
Chapter 12: What is invincible? This is invincible! (Old version)
Following a familiar one.
But a sound that made the audience in front of the screen scalp tingle fell.
“Shinra Tensei”
The Amaterasu that was said to be immortal on Nagato’s body was suddenly bounced away.
Nagato’s battered body.
It actually began to recover quickly!
The audience in front of the screen’s minds went blank.
The previous Pain could at least be attacked.
The fact that Nagato could be brought out of the Impure World Reincarnation also means that Pain is not immortal.
The scene before them refreshed the perception of all the audience.
Nagato was clearly about to be defeated.
He recovered without any injuries! ?
This feeling is like.
You worked hard and spent all your energy to kill the BOSS while playing the game.
Then the system prompts you.
That doesn’t count.
Try again.
It possesses invincible destructive power.
Now you tell me he is still locked in blood! ?
The discussion among the audience from all over the world became heated again.
Chopper: “This is simply suffocating”
Renji: “Not only is he invincible, but he’s also so powerful.”
Renci: “Who can stand this!”
At this time, Nagato in the picture has fully recovered.
Under the power of the Rinnegan, Nagato disappeared out of thin air.
The only thing left on the screen was Naruto looking around blankly.
And when Nagato appeared again.
Once again, he used the extremely powerful Shinra Tensei.
Violent energy swept out.
Killer Bee and Naruto were hit by this energy.
Suddenly they were like two deflated balloons.
Flying backwards rapidly.
The audience clearly saw this scene on the screen.
The reason why Nagato disappeared out of thin air.
It turned out that he had hidden himself in the mouth of the invisible psychic beast.
This fighting method and style.
It caused great heated discussion among the audience in front of the screen.
Boros: “Hahaha, I guess I’m the only one in this universe who can fight Nagato!”
Jinbei: “This Nagato is truly a genius in battle”
Yuji Itadori: “With such rich combat experience, he is indeed a terrifying villain who deserves to be counted!”
Muzan: “Humph, although I don’t want to admit it, it was definitely beyond my expectations.”
In the eyes of audiences from all over the world.
More people were surprised at his immense destructive power.
And a lot of unsolvable ninjutsu.
And everyone in the Naruto world has a deeper understanding of Nagato’s strength.
Let’s not talk about the golden Naruto in Nine-Tails mode.
Killer Bee, the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki alone is extremely powerful.
What’s more, Nagato was fighting more than just two people at the same time.
Next to him was a genius ninja from the Uchiha family, Uchiha Itachi, who was eyeing him covetously.
at this point.
Replace it with any strong person.
I’m afraid the only outcome will be being beheaded on the spot.
The Sandaime Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the scene on the screen and blew out a smoke ring.
“This reincarnated Nagato has surpassed the strength of Kage.”
He couldn’t think of any other way to fight him except the Ghoul Seal.
Even if the corpse is sealed.
I’m afraid I may not be able to defeat Nagato.
Think of this.
Sarutobi Hiruzen couldn’t help but feel his scalp tingling.
The battle scenes on the screen continued to play.
As Naruto and Killer Bee were blown away by the powerful impact of Shinra Tensei.
Nagato instantly appeared behind Killer Bee who was still flying backwards.
At this moment, Killer Bee instantly entered the Tailed Beast mode.
Suddenly, chakra filled with violent aura wrapped around Kirabi’s whole body.
It exudes a terrifying pressure that makes one tremble all over.
See Killer Bee transformed into a tailed beast.
Everyone in the world exclaimed immediately!
“This is a more powerful aura than the six-tailed demon fox that appeared in the last scene.”
“It seems like the more tails this tailed beast has, the more powerful it is.”
“Look! He has eight tails!”
“Oh my god, what kind of power is this!”
“What a sense of oppression! I never thought this weirdo who looks like a hip-hop singer could be so powerful.”
Everyone’s exclamations were heard in the chat area on the screen.
They are constantly refreshed one after another.
This is enough to prove the audience in front of the screen at this moment.
I have a clearer understanding of the strength of the opponents that Nagato is facing.
Looking at such a powerful Kirabi.
Two different opinions suddenly appeared in the comment section.
One view is that Nagato is facing multiple powerful opponents at the same time this time.
It’s bound to be defeated.
The other possibility is that after experiencing the previous scenes, he has absolute confidence in Nagato’s ability.
Two different opinions were arguing in the comment section.
Inosuke Hashibira: “Nagato was able to win before because he was always one-on-one”
Hashibira Inosuke: “This time we are facing such powerful opponents, and there are three of them!”
Zoro: “You guys said Nagato was incompetent before, and now you’ve been slapped in the face, isn’t that enough?”
Soul: “If I can win this fight, I will wash my hair upside down”
Luffy: “Wait for a slap in the face”
There are constant arguments of various opinions in the comment section.
And the battle in the picture continues.
All I saw was Killer Bee transforming into a tailed beast and roaring angrily.
He turned and attacked Nagato.
Nagato showed a look of surprise.
He was hit hard by a thunder plow and hot knife.
At this point, the audience in the comment section had already started discussing.
Soul: “If you get hit by such a powerful blow, you will definitely die.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “It looks like Nagato’s journey as a villain has come to an end.”
Hashibira Inosuke: “Hahaha, why is the guy who just said he could win not speaking anymore?”
Just when the audience in the comment section thought that Nagato would definitely lose.
A jaw-dropping scene suddenly appeared on the screen!
Chapter 13: Capturing Jinchūriki with his bare hands, Nagato fights three Gundams alone! (Old version)
The picture on the screen rotates slowly.
I saw Nagato use a move.
The way of evil spirits.
He actually took off the tailed beast coat of the Eight-Tailed Killer Bee.
It is absorbed directly and completely.
The audience in front of the screen.
Everyone felt their scalp tingling.
The audience who had just said in the comment section that Pain would definitely lose was suddenly dumbfounded.
Being hit by Kirabi’s powerful Thunder Plow Hot Knife.
Not only was he unharmed.
He even absorbed his chakra for his own use.
This is truly terrifying.
And at this moment, Nagato is on the screen.
After absorbing the power of Killer Bee, the Eight-Tails Jinchuriki.
The pale hair began to turn red.
His demeanor also became more energetic.
At this time, another barrage said.
Genos: “This Eight-Tails is a power bank.”
Kuchiki Rukia: “Nagato, who was so weak just now, is now full of life.”
Zhang Chulan: “Thanks for the chakra sent by Eight-Tailed Killer Bee!”
Following the complaints of the crowd.
The battle between Nagato and Killer Bee on the screen is still going on.
Under Kirabi’s incredible shocked expression.
Nagato absorbed all his power.
He was knocked away with a palm.
And Naruto on the other side.
He was trapped by an invisible spiritual beast.
Nagato dodged.
Came directly in front of Naruto.
A move of the human way.
Pulled Naruto’s soul out of his body alive.
Looking at the images on the screen, audiences from all over the world started discussing it again.
Tornado: “One Pein is powerful enough, but this can actually use the abilities of six Peins?”
Yuji Itadori: “Seeing this, I finally understood why Pain was able to play in this list of villains.”
Usopp: “In my mind, he is already the strongest villain.”
And at the same time.
The ninjas of Konoha looked at Nagato fighting two enemies at once on the screen.
They all took a breath of cold air.
“hiss…….”
Iruka: “These are the two strongest tailed beast Jinchuriki.”
Iruka: “I was so easily controlled in front of Nagato.”
Nara Shikamaru: “The most terrifying thing is that he can use all the abilities of Pain’s Six Paths.”
Nara Shikamaru: “Is this the terrifying thing about the Rinnegan?
Somewhere in a mysterious base of Akatsuki organization.
Uchiha Itachi looked at himself and Nagato appearing on the screen in Impure World Mode.
“Immortality?”
After his analysis, he quickly came to a conclusion.
Since it was me who was summoned by the Impure World Reincarnation.
Then he must have died at Sasuke’s hands.
And Naruto in Nine-Tails mode appeared on the screen.
This means that the crisis in Konoha Village has been resolved.
Thinking of this, Uchiha Itachi’s heart was in suspense.
Finally let it go.
Just as the audience in front of the screen were discussing heatedly.
The scene on the screen changed again.
He was able to grab Naruto with his left hand.
Hold his soul in your hands.
Then use the escape from hell.
Seeing that Naruto’s soul was about to be sent into the terrible mouth of Hell.
At this critical moment.
In a flash, Kirabi fell from the sky.
He slashed at Nagato with a long sword wrapped in chakra.
But I didn’t expect it.
The next shocking scene appeared.
Nagato was seen using the Shura Path.
His right hand turned into three arms.
Captured Kirabi who was still in the air.
In an instant, his arm transformed from Shura Road.
Conjure up a variety of weapons.
At this moment, it was facing Kirabi’s forehead.
The audience in front of the screen watched this scene.
The scene immediately went viral.
The Fourth Raikage Ai stared intently at the battle on the screen.
I felt proud watching Kirabi display his great strength.
But just as Nagato grabbed Killer Bee with one hand.
There was a huge wave of emotion in Ai’s heart.
He knew very well about Kirabi’s strength.
He was caught by Nagato with one hand and was about to be killed.
This scene really had a huge impact.
It even made him a little unacceptable.
Ponder for a moment.
Ai said slowly.
“This Nagato is so powerful, it seems necessary for the five major countries to hold a joint meeting…
Audiences from all over the world also started heated discussions.
Yuji Itadori: “What!? He subdued the Eight-Tailed Killer Bee with just one hand?”
Kuroda Megumi: “This is too outrageous.”
Nami: “Tsk tsk tsk…someone just said that Nagato will definitely lose.”
Nami: “How ridiculous! I got slapped in the face again.”
Bang: “This title of the strongest villain is well deserved.”
Zhang Chulan: “If he appeared in our world, wouldn’t Nagato be invincible?”
Aizen Sosuke: “Interesting, really interesting.”
Just when everyone in the world was shocked.
Naruto and Killer Bee on the screen were also in desperate situation.
Just when Killer Bee and Naruto were about to die on the spot.
An extremely huge giant formed by red chakra.
Appeared on the battlefield at this moment.
The person who came was Uchiha Itachi.
He grabbed the celebrity directly with his left hand.
The right hand cut off the arm that Nagato transformed from Shurado.
At the same time, pinch Kirabi.
Is this Susano?
He actually took Naruto and Killer Bee away from Nagato.
And the audience from all over the world saw Susanoo for the first time.
Everyone was extremely surprised at this moment.
Allen: “This giant-like thing is actually an energy body?”
Renji: “Is this thing called Susanoo condensed from chakra?”
Bone King: “Such a powerful force, such a huge sense of oppression.”
Bone King: “The ninja world is truly amazing.”
Brook: “It seems that this Uchiha Itachi is also very powerful.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “The situation on the field has now turned into one against three.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “What should Nagato do now?”
As the words fell in the chat area on the screen.
In the picture, Nagato’s arm was cut by Susanoo.
At this moment, he recovered quickly.
And Nagato on the screen.
At this moment, he is facing the attack of three people.
His face was calm and he showed no sign of panic.
He actually formed seals with his hands at this moment.
Looking at Nagato making hand seals on the screen.
The reaction from the audience was very intense.
Hitsugaya Toushirou: “This momentum, could this be…?”
Kuchiki Rukia: “Is Nagato going to use his ultimate move again?”
Ichigo Kurosaki: “Too amazing, too amazing, one against three and he still has a trump card.”
As Nagato’s momentum on the screen continues to gather.
A voice sounded.
All the audience in front of the screen.
Once again, he recalled the feeling of oppression that he had felt when he was dominated by Pain.
And the fear that comes from the depths of the soul.
Chapter 14: Infinite mana is cheating? Do you understand the value of the strongest villain? (Old version)
“Earth-shattering Star”
As Nagato’s words fell.
One that is extremely condensed from chakra.
A black ball that is several times larger than the previous one.
It slowly rose into the air from Nagato’s hand.
You have to know that Nagato is in the Impure World Reincarnation mode at this moment.
And Pain who appeared in Konoha Village before.
But there is a world of difference.
Nagato when he was controlling Pain in Konoha.
To put it simply, that is.
A powerful mage with both melee and ranged capabilities.
But.
No matter how strong your mage is, you still need mana.
At that time, Nagato was due to physical reasons.
It can be said that there is a considerable lack of blue.
It is also impossible to maximize the power of the Chibaku Tensei.
But at this time, Nagato was in the Impure World Mode.
What is the concept of this?
This is not only extremely powerful.
And the process is remote.
And he has turned on the infinite mana cheat!
The audience in front of the screen watched Nagato release the Chibaku Tensei.
They all felt a pressure several times stronger than the previous one in Konoha.
As the black ball slowly penetrated into the sky.
An extremely powerful force.
It’s comparable to the gravity of a black hole.
Suddenly it broke out.
The big trees on the ground were uprooted.
Accompanied by rock fragments on the ground.
They were sucked into the air together.
Watching this scene.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen immediately started talking about it.
Tornado: “This Nagato’s Chibaku Tensei is so much stronger than Pain’s back then!”
Zhang Chulan: “When a disagreement arises, he rubs the moon with his hands. How can we fight him?”
Hitsugaya Toushirou: “Absolute strength, well-deserved to be the strongest villain!”
At the same time, the Naruto world is also hotly discussed.
Danzo Shimura is currently at the Root Base.
Looking at Nagato and Uchiha Itachi in Impure World Mode on the screen.
The extraordinary power displayed.
It made him feel very eager.
And in his impression.
Impure World Reincarnation is a forbidden technique created by the Second Generation Senju Tobirama.
If I could learn this technique.
Wouldn’t that mean we are invincible?
..
Hidden Rain Village.
Konan was now watching the scene on the screen with Nagato.
Nagato looked at himself who was summoned by the Impure World Reincarnation.
And Naruto in Nine-Tails mode covered in golden light on the screen.
I have already made some judgments in my mind.
It seems.
My plan must have failed.
“Ahem… Damn it, if the plan fails, it will be hard to achieve the peace we need.”
Nagato said weakly.
“However, didn’t the Creator mentioned before that he would give precious and mysterious rewards to those who take inventory?”
“Once you have received this reward, we can re-formulate our plans.
Xiaonan responded beside him.
Just as everyone in front of the screen was discussing it.
The black ball radiates a powerful gravitational force.
Naruto Killer Bee and Uchiha Itachi.
They were sucked into the sky without any resistance.
Look at the picture on the screen.
The audience was terrified at this moment.
After seeing the power of Chibaku Tensei.
The audience in front of the screen are all amazed at this most powerful sealing technique in the Naruto world.
Have a deeper understanding.
And this is the Chibaku Tensei performed by Nagato with infinite mana!
If you get sucked into it.
The three of them might have died on the spot.
In the video, Uchiha Itachi began to analyze calmly.
Although the Chibaku Tensei is very powerful.
But under this strong gravity.
There is no need to worry about the hit rate of ninjutsu.
All three of them used their strongest long-range ninjutsu to attack the core part at the same time.
Maybe we can crack this technique.
Just after Uchiha Itachi finished speaking.
The three of them began to perform their strongest long-range attack ninjutsu.
“Yasaka no Magatama!”
“Tailed Beast Ball!”
“Wind Style, Rasenshuriken!”
The audiences from all over the world who saw this scene were excited again!
Genos: “It’s so hard for three such powerful people to defeat Nagato. Nagato is really terrifying.”
Saitama: “This is the quality of the villains on the list!”
Bone King: “How will it develop next? It’s really exciting.”
A small town somewhere.
Jiraiya was holding a popsicle in his hand.
Watching the battle scene on the screen.
He said with a frown.
“Minato’s children… and Nagato…”
“Which of these two children is the child of prophecy?
At this moment, in the screen video.
As the three people’s super-powerful ninjutsu attacks converged.
There was a burst of blinding light.
The violent energy spread.
The surrounding land was destroyed in an instant.
The only thing left on the screen was a blindingly bright light.
And rock fragments flying all over the sky.
After a burst of smoke dissipated.
Everyone saw Nagato on the screen.
His body was actually pierced by Susanoo.
This scene shocked the audience.
Zoro: “Nagato was hit?”
Zoro: “Am I seeing this right?”
Zhang Chulan: “This can’t be a plot kill, right?”
Nami: “This must be fake. How could such a strong Nagato fall here?”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “But it’s normal for the villain to be defeated.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Who made him do so many bad things?”
Chopper: “Yes, that’s right.”
Just as audiences from all over the world were having heated discussions.
Nagato on the screen said something.
A sentence that shocked all the audience in front of the screen.
“Naruto, I will return to my teacher.”
“Keep watching your story.”
As soon as these words came out.
The whole world is in uproar!
Chapter 15: The past of the strongest villain Pain! Yahiko is the founder of Akatsuki!? (Old version)
The audience in front of the screen started discussing it again.
Genos: “What? From Nagato’s tone, they seem to be brothers!?”
Saitama: “Such a strong disciple became a villain, what does the master think?”
Tornado: “Why would they fight if they are brothers from the same sect?”
The audience’s comments on the screen were refreshing.
At the same time, a question appeared in their minds.
The inventory manager Li Fan looked at the barrage of comments that kept refreshing on the screen.
I had anticipated that the audience would have this question.
Such a powerful villain.
What exactly is his purpose?
Following Li Fan’s operations on the inventory system.
The picture on the screen changed again.
It is raining heavily in the world on the screen.
The ground was littered with corpses.
Everyone in the Naruto world recognized the location on the screen at this moment.
It is the Hidden Rain Village where it rains all year round.
And it is the Hidden Rain Village during the Second Ninja World War.
This is just the beginning of the picture.
It caused a huge heated discussion among people in the Naruto world.
“Why did the scene on the screen turn into the Hidden Rain Village during the Second Ninja World War?”
“Could it be that Nagato has some connection with the Hidden Rain Village!?”
“Is Nagato a ninja from the Hidden Rain Village?”
“I heard that the ninjas in the Hidden Rain Village are cruel and ruthless, and will even kill their own companions.”
Comments from viewers in the Naruto world kept refreshing the screen.
This made other viewers in the Ten Thousand Worlds also become interested in the Hidden Rain Village they were talking about.
Could it be this extremely powerful villain Nagato.
Are they the people from the Hidden Rain Village?
And as the video images on the screen change.
The three children stood in front of the famous Three Ninjas of Konoha.
It was Konan, Nagato and Yahiko.
Watch the moment the picture appears on the screen.
Xiaonan’s pupils suddenly shrank.
“This… This is the year when Yahiko took us to learn Ninjutsu from the three people from Konoha…
Nagato, who was standing next to him, also felt a huge wave of emotion in his heart at this moment.
He stood there in a daze, staring at the screen.
The scene on the screen brought back the past that he least wanted to recall.
A mysterious experimental base somewhere.
Orochimaru looked at the scene on the screen.
Recalling that during the Second Ninja World War, three children did come to see them.
He also thought that these war orphans should be killed.
Otherwise, all that will be left for them is endless pain.
“It was them… So Nagato already had the Rinnegan at that time?”
Now Orochimaru feels a little regretful when he thinks back to that time.
I actually missed the ultimate eye technique, the Rinnegan!
Jiraiya was on his way to the Hidden Rain Village.
I was so surprised that I stood there in a daze.
“I heard that Nagato and the other two had died in the war.”
“Then Pein appeared as Yahiko…”
“Could it be that they encountered something serious in the Hidden Rain Village?”
The audience from all over the world were looking at the three people in front of the screen with confusion.
“That red-haired kid looks like Nagato when he was a child.”
“Pein! Isn’t that orange-haired kid Pein?”
“What on earth happened in here?”
Audiences from all over the world really can’t understand it.
Why did Nagato control so many Pains?
There is one in there that is exactly the same as Yahiko.
Right at this moment.
The images on the screen slowly changed.
The three children have grown into adults.
On the screen, Nagato, Yahiko and Konan were seen running.
There was a group of ninjas following them.
At this time, Nagato asked Yahiko:
“Yahiko, please give us a name.”
“After all, our numbers are increasing, and we may need it in the future.”
At this time, Yahiko, who was leading the race, heard Nagato’s words.
I looked up at the sun slowly rising in the sky.
Said slowly.
“Just… call me Xiao.”
“This country is devastated by war.”
“So we have to be the dawn that can change this country, no, change the world.”
The people following Yahiko cheered:
“That’s a good name.”
“Great, Akatsuki is now established.”
Watching the newly established Akatsuki organization in the video on the screen.
Suddenly.
There was a heated discussion among people in the Naruto world.
Sasuke looked at everything on the screen in disbelief.
I couldn’t help but exclaimed:
“The Akatsuki organization, which is made up of S-rank rebel ninjas and does all kinds of evil, was created by Pein… no, Yahiko?”
Naruto was also so shocked that he couldn’t close his mouth.
The organization founded by these guys who destroyed Konoha before was actually intended to change the war-torn world?
And he was actually one of the three ninjas of Konoha, just like Nagato.
The apprentice of the lecherous immortal! ?
This left him confused.
And audiences from all over the world are constantly arguing about this.
Tornado: “Why did these guys start a war to change the chaos?”
Inosuke Hashibira: “That’s right. We all saw the attack on Konoha.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Humph, no wonder you are called a villain.”
While the audience from all over the world were still discussing it fiercely.
In the video, Hanzo the Salamander is holding Konan hostage.
He said to Yahiko and Nagato who were standing at the foot of the hill:
“Your organization is a threat to me.”
“The red-haired guy next to you, use this kunai to kill Yahiko, or this woman will die!”
There was a huge uproar in the Naruto world!
Chapter 16: The tear-jerking past of a villain! You, Hanzo, have done all kinds of evil things! (Old version)
Looking at the Salamander Hanzo who appeared on the screen holding Konan hostage.
Everyone in the Naruto world was in an uproar.
This isn’t the claim that he single-handedly defeated the Three Ninjas of Konoha.
Is it Hanzo the Salamander who stands at the top of the ninja world and is known as a demigod?!
Why are you here?
And using such shameful means.
Forced Nagato and Yahiko into submission.
Naruto gritted his teeth at the sight.
Said angrily:
“The guy named Yahiko founded the organization with the goal of ending the war in the world.”
“And this guy who suddenly appeared actually said that their organization threatened him.”
Looking at Naruto who was angry at the moment.
Sasuke explained:
“Humph, it’s obvious that this Salamander Hanzo is not a good person. He is just afraid that his position will be replaced by the sudden appearance of the Akatsuki organization.”
Danzo Shimura in the darkness of Konoha was watching everything on the screen.
Because it was he who persuaded Hanzo of Salamander to wipe out the Akatsuki organization.
It can be said that the subsequent series of tragedies all started from this.
“This Pain is actually Yahiko from the Hidden Rain Village at that time.”
“Humph, I should have killed that red-haired Nagato first!”
Shimura Danzo muttered to himself.
From his one exposed eye.
There was a flash of extremely strong murderous intent.
See the scene on the screen at this moment.
People from all over the world also posted comments of contempt.
Nami: “This guy with the mask doesn’t look like a good guy!”
Usopp: “I heard from people in their world that this person is called a demigod?”
Zoro: “Hmph, with such a title, you actually resort to such despicable means.”
While everyone was discussing.
The video on the screen continued to play.
After Salamander Hanzo said this.
Yahiko in the video showed an angry look.
Originally, they received a proposal from Salamander Hanzo.
Use their power to propose peaceful negotiations.
But I didn’t expect this to be a trap.
Konan saw the angry and horrified looks on Yahiko and Nagato’s faces.
Regardless of the danger to herself, she cried out to Nagato:
“Stop it, Nagato, leave me alone, both of you run away!”
Nagato stood there in a daze.
Konan and Yahiko are the most important people in his life.
Faced with this situation.
He really didn’t know what to do.
“Nagato”
Following Yahiko’s angry rebuke.
He hoped that Nagato could take action as soon as possible.
At this time, the Salamander Hanzo urged:
“Come on, does it matter if this woman dies?”
Nagato looked at the kunai in his hand.
My heartbeat suddenly accelerated.
Because of excessive breathing.
Nagato’s chest rose and fell visibly.
He looked at Xiaonan in a daze.
“Konan…”
He was about to turn around and look at Yahiko.
“Mi…
Next scene.
The audience in front of the screen covered their mouths in surprise.
A flash of lightning flashed across the sky.
A loud thunderclap filled people’s minds.
Yahiko rushed straight towards Nagato.
The kunai in Nagato’s hand instantly sank into Yahiko’s body.
At this moment.
The picture is still playing.
But it seemed as if someone had pressed the pause button.
The whole world became quiet.
“Together with Xiaonan… we must survive no matter what…”
The heavy rain is still falling.
At this time, Yahiko died in Nagato’s arms.
Nagato in the picture froze in place.
He glanced at Xiaonan who was kneeling on the ground crying.
Looking at the scene in front of me.
All I could think about was Yahiko’s words.
“I have a huge dream….
“Besides, if I die like this, how can I be worthy of my parents who gave birth to me?”
“I used to hate this crying country, but now I want to save it from the bottom of my heart”
If this world is always in war, I will become the god of this world and put an end to it all…”
A slightly more emotional audience in front of the screen.
Watching this scene, my eyes were filled with tears.
Nami: “Yahiko, sacrificed himself for his friends…”
Luffy: “This is someone we should respect!”
Usopp: “I’m so touched… woooooo”
Tanjiro Kamado: “Their friendship is so touching”
Zhang Chulan: “Salamander Hanzo, you’ve done so many bad things! Woohoo…”
Kakashi, who has always been not so serious.
At this moment, tears were already falling from the corners of his eyes.
He raised his hand and covered the eye that Obito had given him.
The scene of Obito pushing him away came to his mind.
The scene where the body was crushed under a huge rock.
besides.
On the screen at this moment is Nagato stabbing into Yahiko’s body.
Just like when he used Raikiri to pierce Lin’s body.
Kakashi muttered to himself:
“I will never let my companions die in front of me.”
Naruto has always recognized the bond between friends.
Watching the scene on the screen.
I feel like I can understand Nagato’s pain at this moment.
“It turns out that this guy has such a past.”
Naruto said in a soft voice.
Just when everyone was still grieving over Yahiko’s death.
Hanzo the Salamander on screen.
He actually didn’t keep his promise to let Nagato and Konan leave.
This was all a lie from the beginning.
“Hands on”
Following his order.
The ninjas lying in ambush here started to take action.
Shurikens were everywhere.
It shot towards Nagato like rain.
Densely packed shurikens.
He was about to kill Nagato on the spot.
But at this moment.
A sudden change occurs!
Chapter 17: The Outer Path Golem makes its first appearance, and the demigod Salamander Hanzo flees in panic! (Old version)
Nagato on the screen just waved his hand.
He blocked all the shurikens.
Then he jumped to Xiaonan’s side.
Who knew that Salamander Hanzo had placed detonating talismans all over the place.
With the activation of the detonating talisman.
Flames shot up into the sky.
Nagato’s feet were engulfed in flames.
But there was no fluctuation on his face.
The audience in front of the screen can also understand.
Why was Nagato supported when he appeared?
It turned out that both legs were already disabled at this time.
The people who were lying in ambush here saw this.
Attack Nagato again.
Nagato roared.
“Necromancer, Outer Golem”
As a pair of giant hands stretched out from the ground.
Only a roar was heard.
A hideous humanoid monster emerged from the ground.
Look at this monster.
In front of the screen.
Everyone in the Naruto world was shocked!
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the Degetō Demon Statue summoned by Nagato.
“This… is actually the body of the legendary Ten-Tails!?”
When Naruto saw the Outer Path Demon Statue on the screen.
The Kurama sealed inside his body also sensed the body of the Ten-Tails on the screen.
It usually sleeps with its eyes closed, but now it is staring at Nagato on the screen with its eyes wide open.
“This kid has the aura of the six old men…”
At this time, Raikage Ai was also watching the battle on the screen.
He originally had respect for Salamander Hanzo.
At this moment, I also felt that Salamander Hanzo was despicable.
When seeing the Outer Path Demon Statue summoned by Nagato.
He looked incredulous.
“Isn’t this the legendary…Ten-Tails?!”
When the audience from all worlds in front of the screen saw the heretic golem.
There was also a lot of discussion.
“What kind of monster does this necromancy summon?”
“Compared to the spirit beasts summoned by the Animal Path before.”
“It feels like a monster from a completely different level.”
“You can feel it from the smell it exudes.”
“This is no ordinary monster.”
Accompanied by heated discussions among the audience in the chat area on the screen.
The video on the screen continues to play.
I saw a forked black stick extending from the outer demon statue.
Inserted straight into Nagato’s body.
Nagato’s body instantly became dry.
Then.
A terrifying energy gathered at the mouth of the Outer Path Golem.
A giant dragon condensed by chakra.
Suddenly, it rushed out from the mouth of the heretic golem.
The ninjas on the screen attacked Nagato.
Instant death.
And is known as the top combat force in the ninja world.
Hanzo the Salamander, who is known as a demigod.
They fled in panic at the blow.
Then disappeared.
Watching this scene on the screen.
The audience in front of the screen exclaimed again.
Zoro: “Killing so many people in one strike”
Garou: “This Outer Path Golem is so powerful!”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “What is the origin of this?”
Sanji: “But it’s a pity that the Salamander Hanzo escaped.”
Boros: “Humph, is a guy like Hanzo of the Salamander worthy of being called a demigod?”
Zhang Chulan: “Come on, Nagato! You must defeat these hateful guys!”
Tornado: “After reading about Nagato’s past, I choose to support the villain!”
Chopper: “That’s right, it looks like the others are more like villains!”
The audience in front of the screen was in high spirits.
There was a heated discussion.
And at this time in the Naruto world.
Sarutobi Hiruzen in the melee on screen.
Recognized the Root members affiliated with Shimura Danzo.
He frowned immediately.
He knew that Danzo was doing some tricks behind his back.
But for Konoha.
He also turned a blind eye.
But now all of this is on the screen.
The feud between Akatsuki and Hanzo of the Salamander.
Perhaps it was Danzo who was behind this.
In the previous scene, Pain destroyed Konoha without mercy.
I guess there are grudges in this regard.
Sarutobi Hiruzen ordered someone to call Danzo over.
Prepare to remove him from all positions in Konoha.
At this time, Fengying Luosha saw the picture on the screen.
All the ninjas were killed by Nagato in one blow.
The scene of the beaten Salamander Hanzo running away in panic was so shocking that I was stunned by it.
“This summoned demon statue is so terrifying.”
After seeing all this he thought.
All this information is revealed in the video screen.
Perhaps it will change the entire Naruto world.
A drastic change has occurred!
At this time, Xiaonan and Chang in the tower were also watching the screen.
It is a memory that opens up scars from their past.
Nagato murmured in a low voice:
“I will never forget Yahiko’s pain….cough cough”
Konan sighed as she looked at the weak Nagato.
“Now after the video on the screen, maybe they can understand our pain.”
After hearing this, Nagato was silent for a moment.
The image of Yahiko reappeared in my mind.
Nagato picked up Pain’s forehead protector.
Draw a horizontal line.
Just when the audience in front of the screen thought the video was coming to an end.
Immediately following.
Yahiko, who has become Pain, suddenly appears in front of the audience in front of the screen.
Chapter 18: The Fallen Ninja Soul, Tendo Pain VS Salamander Hanzo! (Old Version)
Appeared with Yahiko who became Pain.
There are other Paynes.
Seeing this scene, the audience started a heated discussion again.
Zoro: “So that’s how it is. After Yahiko died, Nagato turned him into Pain.”
Bone King: “Such a noble will, indeed worthy of being called Heavenly Way Pain”
Genos: “It’s a pity that Yahiko still has such a lofty ideal that has not been realized.”
Tornado: “This is all because of that Salamander Hanzo, it’s so abominable”
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen.
At this time, he already felt great hatred towards the Salamander Hanzo.
Not only did he kill Yahiko in despicable ways.
And that’s what his killing of Yahiko represented.
In the eyes of the audience at this moment.
Yahiko represents this world of constant war.
That ray of light at the beginning of dawn.
It is also the hope of restoring peace in the ninja world.
And Hanzo of the Salamander is only acting for his own selfish desires.
So he killed Yahiko.
Some powerful people from other worlds.
At this moment, I wish I could go to the Naruto world and avenge Yahiko.
The Golden Merry sailed slowly on the calm sea.
Suddenly a roar broke the peaceful atmosphere.
Nami looked at the scene on the screen and roared:
“Luffy, go beat up Hanzo the Salamander!”
Luffy scratched his head and said:
“But I don’t know where he is.”
Zoro looked at the two of them with a black line: “……
The world of spells.
Toudou Aoi watched everything happening on the screen.
I suddenly felt very angry.
Looking at his best friend Yuji Itadori.
Fantasy scenes began to emerge in my mind again.
Yuji Itadori is just like Yahiko on the screen.
Died in his arms.
He immediately unleashed his full magical power.
How dare you hurt my best friend!
If I were to find this Salamander Hanzo.
I must kill him.
Toudou Aoi thought viciously at this moment.
The video on the screen continued to play at this time.
At this time, Pain actually appeared at the hiding place of Salamander Hanzo.
At this moment, the garrison soldiers were lying in all directions on the ground.
A miserable groan was heard.
Salamander Hanzo was kicked and flew against the wall.
He said with an incredible look on his face:
“Who are you?!”
“You can actually force me to this extent…
At this time, Payne Tiandao said expressionlessly:
“Don’t you remember this face?”
Salamander Hanzo said with a look of horror:
“Are you Yahiko from Akatsuki?”
“Aren’t you dead? What’s going on?”
Tiandao Pain still said in his emotionless voice:
“You teamed up with Hanzo to betray us.”
“You who only wanted to protect yourself are now nothing more than a waste.”
“I used to respect you, but you changed”
After saying that, he moved closer to the Salamander Hanzo step by step.
However, Hanzo of the Salamander, who owns the City of Demigod, has no intention of fighting at this time.
He actually uttered words begging for mercy.
“Stop, don’t kill me…”
Looking at the depraved Salamander Hanzo.
Tendo Pain had nothing more to say to him.
“Disappear, Hanzo”
The words fell.
Pain Tendao raised his hand and used the Shinra Tensei move.
Accompanied by a flash of strong white light.
Salamander Hanzo dies.
The audience from all over the world was actually very excited.
Nami: “Great, this Salamander Hanzo has finally been defeated.”
Nami: “Haha, this is what it means to be punished for your evil deeds!”
Sanji: “But why are we all on the side of supporting the villain?”
Luffy: “Well done, Yahiko, revenge is finally achieved!”
Usopp: “I declare this to be the most handsome and powerful villain!”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Humph, even though he’s a villain, I really can’t hate him.”
Watching the fall of Salamander Hanzo on the screen.
The reaction of the audience from all over the world is different.
Many ninjas actually felt a little regretful.
Once upon a time, it was the will of the ninja way.
It’s still personal charm.
The salamander Hanzo was impeccable.
It ended up like this.
Perhaps this is Hanzo’s own fault after his fall.
A village somewhere.
Jiraiya looked at the scene on the screen.
I can’t help but think of the Second Ninja World War.
His battle with Orochimaru, Tsunade and Hanzo of the Salamander.
At that time, they showed mercy to Hanzo because he valued his talent.
Only then was he able to survive.
He also earned the title of Three Ninjas because of this battle.
Thinking of this, Jiraiya sighed.
Slowly said:
“Senior, I have always respected you, but I didn’t expect that you would lose your ninja soul in the end.”
The Iron Country.
Mifune looked at the screen in surprise.
Hanzo of the Salamander killed by Tendo Pain.
I couldn’t help but feel a sadness rising in my heart.
Reminded me of the battle with Salamander Hanzo.
At that time, Mifune participated in the war as a samurai.
When his teammates heard that the opponent they were facing was Salamander Hanzo, they all fled in panic.
He was left alone to face Hanzo.
After a fight.
Mifune was defeated and on the verge of death.
And Hanzo, the Salamander, who admires Mifune very much.
No one was killed at this time.
Instead, Mifune was saved.
Thinking of a scene from the past.
Mifune also sighed:
“I just can’t believe that you, with your strong character and will, could end up like this.”
As viewers from all over the world continue to refresh the barrage on the screen.
The scene in the video has also come to an end.
As the screen slowly dims.
The audience thought that this was the end.
Something changed on the screen again!
Chapter 19: Rewards for those who are counted! The world is filled with envy! (Old version)
As the screen slowly changes.
Lines of subtitles gradually appeared on the screen.
[Ten Horror Villains][First place: Pain Six Paths series]【Officially finished! 】
As the subtitles appeared on the screen.
It was greeted with cheers from audiences from all over the world.
Nami: “This is a really interesting review. I’m already looking forward to the next one.”
Hitsugaya Toushirou: “Although Nagato is a villain, he is indeed very charming”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Especially the terrifying and oppressive feeling when Pain first appeared”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “I still remember it vividly now”
Yuji Itadori: “Those who can make the list are all such powerful people”
Yuji Itadori: “What kind of strong person will be next?”
The audience from all over the world could not calm down for a long time.
And right at this moment.
Li Fan was very satisfied looking at the enthusiastic reactions of the audience in front of the screen.
The next moment.
A majestic and sacred voice entered the minds of the audience.
“A list of the top ten most terrifying villains.”
“The Six Paths of Pain chapter has come to a perfect end.”
“As agreed before.”
“The person being counted will receive a precious mysterious reward”
“Start distributing now!”
Accompanied by Li Fan’s voice falling.
The huge, magnificent and mysterious screen in the sky.
It began to emit a dazzling golden light.
The audience from all over the world heard Li Fan’s words at this time.
At first, he just stood there in a daze.
Then all kinds of discussions kept refreshing in the chat area on the screen.
Tornado: “The video is so exciting that I forgot about the rewards!”
Tornado: “This is a reward that even the creator who counted the things would find precious!”
Chopper: “What on earth could it be!”
Brooke: “It’s really exciting!”
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen couldn’t help but start looking forward to it.
What kind of reward will it be?
What will happen to Nagato who gets the reward?
Genos: “What would happen if Nagato got this reward?”
Zhang Chulan: “Then he won’t let the world be “nuclearized” right?”
Feng Baobao: “Nonsense! They just want world peace!”
Bone King: “Nagato is already so powerful”
Bone King: “Get another inventory reward”
Bone King: “What kind of strength will that be? It’s really hard to imagine.”
Sakata Gintoki: “I want a reward too, Lord Creator, can you please reward me next?”
Kagura: “If you want to be counted, you must have strength. I think I am pretty good. Would you like to consider it?”
Looking at the audience discussing on the screen.
Li Fan smiled slightly.
“Next, let’s take a look at this extremely precious mysterious reward.”
Li Fan finished speaking.
The whole place suddenly became excited.
Li Fan was seen directly controlling the system screen.
Connect the screen where Nagato is.
Nagato in the real Naruto world.
It appeared on the screen of the audience from all over the world for the first time.
The screen is filled with a golden glow of energy.
Start to fall slowly.
All of it was injected into Nagato’s body.
All I saw on the screen was Nagato staring in shock.
Then he slowly closed his eyes.
And his originally extremely skinny body.
It actually began to repair itself at a speed visible to the naked eye.
Become vibrant.
And his injured legs recovered to their original state.
As the golden light slowly injected.
A majestic system voice sounded in Nagato’s mind.
[Congratulations to the person being counted, Nagato][Reward: Six Paths Sage Mode]Everyone in the Naruto world was so surprised that their jaws dropped to the ground.
Six Paths Sage Mode?
He is the legendary ancestor of the ninja.
The Ten Tails were sealed away.
The Sage of Six Paths!?
After the audience from other worlds heard about the reward content.
Although I don’t know what the Six Paths Sage is.
But looking at Nagato on the screen, his aura was suddenly different from before.
They all know.
Now, Nagato is invincible!
If you take inventory of yourself.
What kind of reward would that be?
Maybe it’s because of this inventory.
You can become a person standing at the top of the world.
More and more viewers are hoping.
The next inventory could be yourself.
Nagato on the screen at this time.
As more and more golden light was injected into the body.
Nagato could feel it.
An extremely powerful force exists in one’s body.
Even just a thought.
Destroying the world is no problem!
And in my own mind.
The image of the legendary ancestor of the ninja slowly emerged.
As Nagato slowly opened his eyes.
Suddenly, a golden light flashed.
Nagato is the final form of the Sage of Six Paths.
A thought came to my mind.
A terrifying chakra burst out from Nagato.
At this moment, Nagato was covered with a golden coat filled with chakra.
Six black truth-seeking jades were floating behind him.
Looking at the terrifying pressure emanating from Nagato.
Even other worlds in the heavens.
They were so surprised that they were speechless.
Chapter 20: A review of the top ten terrifying villains, Part 2. The world is shocked again! (Old version)
Nagato felt the surging power within his body.
I couldn’t help but feel overjoyed.
Konan looked over at the now rejuvenated Nagato.
I am happy for him from the bottom of my heart.
For the previous peace plan.
Nagato has paid too much.
Nagato has achieved the final mode of the Sage of Six Paths.
Arrived outside the tower.
Look at the world in front of you.
At this time, Nagato possesses the power of the Six Paths Sage.
Open your arms and slowly rise into the air.
“The world will enter an era of peace from now on”
Nagato’s voice comes through the power of the Sage of Six Paths.
It spread all over the world instantly.
Nagato now.
Truly able to create a peaceful Naruto world.
Just as everyone was looking at Nagato with excitement and envy after he obtained the power of the Six Paths Sage.
The Creator Li Fan is taking stock at this time.
He was standing in front of the screen with his eyes wide open.
Just because another system’s voice sounded in his mind.
[Congratulations to the host, the inventory was successfully completed][Rewards will be issued to the host: Six Paths Sage Mode, Samsara Eye, Kotoamatsukami]Oh shit!
This moment is in Li Fan’s mind.
It was like a bolt of thunder.
I never thought I would be able to get Nagato’s reward!
Not only did he obtain the Six Paths Sage Mode.
Even other gods got it.
Is this the reward for the inventory checker?
Li Fan didn’t have time to observe what happened on Nagato’s side.
I just can’t wait to see the rewards I get.
As Li Fan mobilized the power in his body.
Circles of Rinnegan patterns began to appear in his eyes.
And on his body.
A golden chakra coat filled with power enveloped him.
In his hands.
An immortal staff appeared.
Li Fan couldn’t help but exclaimed at this moment:
“Is this the power of chakra? It’s amazing!”
Li Fan, who has loved watching Naruto since he was a child.
I didn’t expect that one day it would happen.
He actually possessed the strongest power in the Naruto world!
At this time, he was wearing the Six Paths robe.
There are circles of lines in his eyes.
The jade of seeking the truth surrounds him from behind.
While feeling this power.
Li Fan’s mind moved.
In the blink of an eye.
It appeared in a suburb of the city.
Li Fan used the Wanxiang Tianyin towards a mountain.
I saw that the mountains in the distance were actually being sucked straight towards him.
Seeing this scene, Li Fan quickly stopped.
Now Li Fan is completely sure.
This real power is not a dream!
You know.
On Blue Star.
A world without any super powers.
Suddenly a guy with such terrifying power appeared.
For the world.
Everything depends on his thoughts.
Li Fan returned to the rental house excitedly.
Thought in my heart.
If this continues.
As long as he takes stock of more and more powerful villains.
The rewards he could get were simply unimaginable.
And he was at that time.
Will no longer be just a simple inventory taker.
But a God.
A God who can dominate the world!
Li Fan was extremely excited when he thought of this.
I can’t wait to finish reviewing all the videos I want to review.
But he also knew.
You can’t become fat in one breath.
No matter what you do, you can only do it step by step.
Just follow his continuous inventory.
In the end, I will even be able to dominate the universe!
Thinking of this, Li Fan has already started preparing for the next inventory video.
The audience in all the heavens and worlds saw Nagato gain power.
Finally, the peace he wanted was achieved.
People couldn’t help but start talking about it.
Genos: “Nagato now has the strongest combat power in their world. Now there can really be peace in the world.”
Zoro: “Peace without strength is just empty talk, but now Nagato has become an invincible man.”
Nami: “Although he’s a villain, he’s really handsome”
Hitsugaya Toushirou: “Who will be the next character to be reviewed?”
Usopp: “It would be great if I could get such a valuable reward.”
Chopper: “I don’t know when the next inventory will start.”
Audiences from all over the world.
At this time, the chat on the screen was having a heated discussion.
The originally black screen.
At this moment, there was suddenly light.
Everyone who was still in heated discussion was shocked.
When the eyes of the audience from all over the world in front of the screen are focused on the screen.
At this time, subtitles began to slowly appear on the screen.
【Second place: Aizen Sosuke! 】
[The enemy is about to attack, let’s make a cup of black tea first. 】
Appears with subtitles.
There was another one wearing black-framed glasses.
Aizen Sosuke with a smile on his face.
And the audience from all over the world who were just in heated discussion.
See this subtitle and the appearance of Aizen Sosuke.
I couldn’t help but exclaim.
Elegant, so elegant!
Chapter 21: What!? Aizen Sosuke is a villain? This is absolutely impossible! (Old version)
With the appearance of Aizen Sosuke.
The audience from all over the world immediately started a heated discussion.
Yuji Itadori: “Didn’t we say we were going to take stock of the villains?”
Yuji Itadori: “This guy looks gentle and doesn’t look like a villain.”
Tornado: “Don’t tell me you can’t judge a person by his appearance?”
Zoro: “But his weapon looks like a sword.”
Zoro: “Interesting, is this the world of swords?”
Hawkeye: “Then let me see the swordsmanship of the strong men in this world.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “His clothes look very unique too.”
Zhang Chulan: “Is this the world of the god of death?”
Zhang Chulan: “Isn’t the God of Death a god?”
Gojo Satoru: “In this world, being a god of death seems to be a profession”
Just as the audience from all over the world in front of the screen exclaimed.
At this time, everyone in Soul Society also looked incredulous.
The first to be affected was Aizen’s loyal fan, Momo Hinamori.
The first thing that shocked me was that this time the inventory was about their world.
Then let her do the thing she can’t accept the most.
That gentle and reliable.
Captain Aizen who takes good care of him on a daily basis.
He actually became a villain! ?
This is truly unforgivable.
She said angrily:
“Nonsense! How could it be Captain Aizen? The inventor must have made a mistake.”
At this time, Hitsugaya Toshiro next to him was looking at Aizen who appeared on the screen.
He also frowned.
“What is shown on the screen is actually our world”
“How could Captain Aizen be a villain? Could it be that even the Inventory Analyzer can make mistakes sometimes?”
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at Aizen who appeared on the screen.
I felt incredible at once.
Then he laughed and said:
“Hahaha, if even a reliable person like Captain Aizen becomes a villain…”
“There are too many villains in this world.”
Abarai Renji was also stunned when he saw the scene on the screen.
What’s happening! ?
How is it possible that the villain in the inventory has become Captain Aizen?
“There must be something wrong. How could Captain Aizen be a villain?”
Kuchiki Byakuya stared at the screen.
He was usually calm, but now he was shocked.
Why did Captain Aizen’s image appear on the screen?
“This is absolutely impossible”
Kuchiki Byakuya said coldly.
Just when everyone was feeling unbelievable.
Only one person reacted differently from everyone else.
That is sitting aside.
A silent white-haired, squinty-eyed monster.
Ichimaru Silver.
He looked at Aizen who appeared on the screen with an amused expression.
Chuckling:
“Haha, Aizen, that’s really interesting.”
The person in question, Sosuke Aizen, was sitting in the study reading a book.
Look at yourself appearing on the screen.
Only a moment of shock appeared on his face.
But things soon returned to normal.
Aizen Sosuke suddenly smiled.
Said:
“Oh? In that case, then the plan needs to be advanced.”
The light from outside shone on his Aizen face.
A cold and eerie light reflected from his black-framed glasses.
Death World
Present world.
Rukia stopped what she was doing.
She stared blankly at Aizen’s figure on the big screen.
The whole person was stunned for a moment.
“Aizen……Captain of the 5th Division…”
Is he the villain?
How is this possible?
In her impression.
Who is Aizen?
Gentle, affable, powerful and kind.
Such a perfect man.
All the Shinigami are eager to join the Fifth Division.
And such a person.
He actually appeared in the list of villains in the inventory series!
No one can accept such a situation.
Just as Rukia was caught in a storm in her mind.
“Rukia, what are you thinking about?”
Ichigo Kurosaki walked up to her and patted her on the head.
Then Rukia explained it to him.
Ichigo Kurosaki was shocked.
“What is that?”
“What we are taking inventory of now is our world?”
“Is this the Soul Society you keep talking about?!”
Ichigo Kurosaki almost doubted his life.
Right now.
All the heavens and the worlds, the image of Aizen Sosuke that appeared on the screen.
A heated discussion ensued.
Different expressions appeared on everyone’s face.
Seems to be analyzing.
What is so special about this villain?
The audiences in front of the screen are all shocked by this world where the god of death is a profession.
Also full of interest.
In the audience’s impression.
The gods of death are scary and mysterious gods.
In this world, it is actually a professional title.
This came as a great shock to them.
And as people continued to discuss and speculate.
The picture on the screen also began to change slowly.
An extremely strange scene appeared on the screen.
All the audience who saw this widened their eyes.
They were all surprised.
The villains that were counted.
Captain of the 5th Division of the Gotei 13.
At this moment in a strange posture.
Nailed to a huge wall!
Aizen Sosuke is dead!!
This villain actually died at the beginning!
Sudden changes.
Everyone present dropped their jaws.
Chapter 22: What’s going on! Is Aizen Sosuke not dead? (Old version)
Such a strange scene appeared on the screen.
The audience from all over the world were at a loss at this time.
What the hell is this!?
Isn’t it a list of the strongest villains?
How come this Aizen Sosuke just appeared?
Died in such a strange way?
Are you sure?!
In the chat discussion area of ​​the screen.
The barrage of comments from audiences from all over the world keeps refreshing.
Zhang Chulan: “What kind of villain is this?”
Zhang Chulan: “Die once at the beginning?”
Zoro: “It shouldn’t be that simple.”
Nami: “If they are all dead, is there any chance of a reversal?”
Inosuke Hashibira: “This is too dramatic.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “I was looking forward to this villain.”
Wang Ye: “But I don’t think this guy is a villain at all.”
Tornado: “How can the filming end as soon as the villain appears?”
Tornado: “Could it be that the creator of the inventory really made a mistake?”
The scene on the screen was too weird.
This sparked a heated discussion among audiences from all over the world.
And this is the world of death.
Soul Society.
The members of the Gotei 13 saw this scene on the screen.
They were all stunned in shock.
The one who had the biggest reaction was Momo Hinamori.
Shock and sadness came over me at that moment.
She already knew this from the last video reviewed.
Even if what’s shown in the video isn’t what’s happening right now.
It may also be something that will happen in the future.
I’m still angry that the reviewer chose Aizen Sosuke as the review character.
Seeing this scene, she couldn’t help but exclaimed:
“Captain Aizen… How could he be killed like this…”
Hitsugaya Toshiro looked at Aizen who died in a strange way.
Him at this moment.
The pupils suddenly shrank.
How could Captain Aizen die like this?
Based on his understanding of Aizen.
He must have sacrificed himself to protect Soul Society.
Hitsugaya Toushirou thought of this.
I suddenly felt very sad.
Hitsugaya Toushirou slowly spoke:
“Sure enough, the inventor was wrong. How could Captain Aizen be a villain?”
Byakuya Kuchiki looked at this incredible scene.
My mind went blank.
Why.
Captain Aizen actually died in Soul Society?
Is there an enemy invasion?
Following his doubts.
I became more certain of one thing in my mind.
“Captain Aizen will never be a villain.”
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at the dead Aizen on the screen.
It was also unbelievable.
The man who is usually gentle to his subordinates.
Behave elegantly.
Captain Aizen, who is highly respected by the Shinigami.
He died in such a shameful way.
What on earth happened! ?
Kuchiki Rukia was so shocked by this sudden scene that she stood there in a daze.
She stared at the screen blankly.
There was an expression of disbelief on their faces.
What!?
Captain Aizen is dead?
This is all too weird.
It was really hard for her to accept.
First, there was Sosuke Aizen who suddenly appeared in the villain inventory video series.
Then there is the scene of his strange death.
This happened one after another.
She was no longer able to think.
Next to her, Ichigo Kurosaki looked at the screen and shouted:
“Isn’t this the person who just appeared!?”
“How come he was nailed to the wall?”
“This is too scary!”
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen were also extremely shocked by this sudden scene.
At this time, some viewers felt a clue.
There were also many puzzling things in the previous inventory video.
But in the end, the inventors were proven to be correct.
At this moment, the villain who just appeared on the screen died strangely.
What’s the inside story behind this?
Zhang Chulan: “Look, even though that guy named Aizen Sosuke is dead, the inventory is not over yet.”
Following Zhang Chulan’s exclamation.
Everyone focused their attention on the screen again.
The picture on the screen began to change again.
I saw Ichigo Kurosaki appear on the screen.
Surprisingly, Kuchiki Byakuya also appeared with him.
I saw that the two of them were actually fighting at this moment.
This scene left everyone puzzled.
Why is it clearly Aizen Sosuke’s inventory?
Other characters appear at this moment.
Just as the audience from all over the world in front of the screen were puzzled by this.
On the screen, Ichigo Kurosaki and Byakuya Kuchiki were fighting fiercely.
Then Ichigo Kurosaki performed a move called Crescent Moon Sky Strike.
He actually knocked down the captain of the 6th Division, Byakuya Kuchiki.
Let all the people in front of the screen sigh.
Zoro: “Is this sword energy? It has such a terrifying power.”
Hawkeye: “This unique way of fighting is really surprising”
Yuji Itadori: “Although the power displayed by these two people is very strong, the strange thing is, what does this have to do with Aizen Sosuke?”
As the audience from all over the world in front of the screen sighed and speculated.
The picture that appears on the screen at this time.
Let the audience from all over the world and the people from the world of death.
They all stood there in a daze.
Aizen Sosuke who died in the previous scene.
At this moment, he and Gin Ichimaru actually appeared on the screen!
Chapter 23: What the hell! Aizen is indeed the villain, and the audience in all the worlds is stunned! (Old version)
With the intact Aizen Sosuke appearing in front of everyone in front of the screen.
At this moment, the chat area on the screen suddenly exploded!
Zoro: “What!? Isn’t this guy already dead?”
Zoro: “Why are you still here?”
Genos: What the hell happened?
Genos: “Could this guy come back to life?”
Zhang Chulan: “But then again, they are the gods of death.”
Zhang Chulan: “Being able to revive is also in line with my profession.”
Saitama: “No, it’s possible that he is not dead at all”
Looking at Aizen Sosuke who suddenly came back to life from the dead.
Not only the audience in front of the screen were shocked.
The world of death, Soul Society.
Looking at Aizen Sosuke who appeared on the screen again.
The slightly sad mood of the crowd was now completely replaced by shock.
Captain Aizen!?
Why did it appear on the screen again?
And why Captain Byakuya Kuchiki is fighting with an orange-haired man.
Look at the outfit.
This person also seems to be the god of death.
At this moment, their brains were a little confused.
What is going on?
Who is this orange-haired Grim Reaper?
Why did the dead Captain Aizen appear again later?
At this moment, too many doubts filled everyone’s mind.
Captain Aizen is really a villain! ?
A terrible thought came to everyone’s mind.
At this time, Hinamori Momo looked at the screen in disbelief.
These scenes are so shocking.
At this moment, she was completely stunned.
Then she ran away.
She’s going to check it out.
What is all this going on.
Looking at Hinamori Momo running away.
Hitsugaya Toshiro raised his hand and tried to grab Hinamori Momo.
“Hinamori…”
The words haven’t finished yet.
Hinamori had already run over.
And looking at Aizen Sosuke who appeared on the screen again.
He had a bad feeling in his heart.
Afraid that Hinamori Momo will get hurt.
He then ran after him.
At this time, Kenpachi Zaraki was also looking at the screen.
Watching Aizen Sosuke appear again.
He has always considered the protection of Soul Society his primary responsibility.
But looking at the strange scene on the screen.
He keenly sensed the approaching danger.
The image of the man who was highly respected by the God of Death came to mind.
“If you are a threat to Soul Society, I will not show mercy, even if it’s you.”
Kenpachi Zaraki spoke slowly while looking at the study where Aizen Sosuke was.
At this time, Byakuya Kuchiki looked at the screen in surprise.
I actually appeared on it.
And he’s still fighting an orange-haired boy who looks like the Grim Reaper.
What he found most unbelievable was…
I actually lost to the other party!
You know, he is the captain of the Sixth Division.
And he has absolute confidence in himself, Senbonzakura Jingyan.
And then later on, Aizen Sosuke appeared.
The amount of information on this screen is too huge.
It took him a while to digest it.
And at this time it was a place where no one was paying attention.
Ichimaru Gin was alone in the corner.
He couldn’t help but feel amused as he watched the scene on the screen.
“This sudden huge screen is really unexpected.”
“What should you do in this situation?”
“Aizen Sosuke…”
Aizen was looking at the screen in the study.
There was still that gentle smile on his face.
But there was no warmth in the smile on his face at this moment.
On the contrary, one can only feel a chill as if falling into an icy cave.
“The changes in life are always unpredictable.”
“It looks like it’s time to leave”
Hinamori Momo who was eager to know the answer.
At this time, they had arrived in front of Aizen’s study.
She felt very uneasy.
I want to know what the truth is.
But he was also afraid of the answer that Aizen would give.
It was the one she least wanted to hear.
Just as he nervously pushed open the door of Aizen’s study.
“Crunch—”
With the sound of the door opening.
Hitsugaya Toshiro is chasing after Hinamori, who is worried about her safety.
At this time, he also arrived at Hinamori Momo’s side.
Both of them froze in their places.
After Aizen Sosuke’s door was opened.
Following their gaze.
There was no one in the room.
Aizen Sosuke is missing!
Kuchiki Rukia and Kurosaki Ichigo were still discussing heatedly about the scene on the screen.
“Look, how come I’m on the screen!”
Kurosaki Ichigo exclaimed as he watched himself fighting Kuchiki Byakuya on the screen.
“Could it be possible that I became the villain in the end!?”
Looking at himself on the screen, Ichigo Kurosaki said in confusion.
When Rukia Kuchiki saw Byakuya Kuchiki fighting Ichigo Kurosaki, she exclaimed:
“Brother..? Why are you fighting with Ichigo?”
What surprised him was the reappearance of Aizen Sosuke later on.
“Captain Aizen? He was clearly dead on the screen just now, how come he’s on screen again?”
Shocking scenes appeared one after another.
All the audience in front of the screen were completely at a loss for words.
A scene that no one expected appeared on the screen again!
Chapter 24: The terrifying villain shows his strength! He blocks Yue Tianchong with one finger! The audience in the world are tingling! (Old version)
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen are watching the images on the screen.
Shocked again!
All I saw was Ichigo Kurosaki who had just fought with Byakuya Kuchiki.
At this time, he appeared opposite Aizen Sosuke.
Regarding the Crescent Moon Sky Strike that Ichigo Kurosaki just displayed.
The audience in front of the screen all looked at it sideways.
Zoro: “This move is really terrifying. Such violent power can actually be transformed into a sword-like move.”
Sanji: “This orange-haired boy looks very strong.”
Bone King: “Just with that move called Crescent Moon Sky Strike, he can be ranked among the strongest.”
Boros: “It seems that there are many strong people in the world of death.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Humph, that’s all. I can only say that you are a strong person in this world.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “It’s just some abilities”
Everyone was very impressed with the Getsuga Tensho move used by Ichigo Kurosaki.
I believe that this orange-haired boy is at least one of the most powerful fighters in this world.
But now.
As the villain being listed, Aizen Sosuke is now standing opposite Kurosaki Ichigo.
Everyone began to speculate.
Is it possible that this guy with black-framed glasses is going to have some conflict with this orange-haired boy?
But the orange-haired boy is not very old.
The strength displayed is undoubtedly powerful.
If these two people were to fight.
That would certainly be a very exciting scene.
I just don’t understand why this person looks so gentle, elegant and easy-going.
Aizen Sosuke wearing black-framed glasses.
Any impressive strengths?
But even if there is any strength.
The orange-haired boy’s Crescent Moon Sky Chong is no pushover either.
I guess this will be a tough battle.
Just as the audience from all over the world in front of the screen were guessing.
The present world at this moment.
Rukia Kuchiki stared at the screen in confusion.
This guy who just became the acting Grim Reaper actually defeated his brother who is the captain of the Sixth Division!
This really shocked her.
But why did the two of them fight?
Ichigo Kurosaki doesn’t even know what Soul Society looks like yet.
And watching the developments on the screen.
It looks like Ichigo Kurosaki is about to start a battle with Captain Aizen.
What on earth happened!?
Watch all this.
Rukia Kuchiki now desperately wants to return to Soul Society immediately.
Find out what happened.
And the other side.
Everyone in Soul Society.
After being shocked when Aizen Sosuke appeared on the screen again.
Genryusai Shigekuni Yamamoto, the captain of the Gotei 13.
An order was quickly issued to temporarily arrest Aizen Sosuke.
But when they came to the study where Aizen was.
Found no one inside.
And after searching the entire Soul Society.
No one saw Aizen.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni was listening to his subordinates’ reports at this time.
Start thinking.
When everyone began to doubt Aizen Sosuke.
He disappeared at this moment.
This is really too much of a coincidence.
There is only one possibility.
That is, Aizen Sosuke is their world.
The villain that can make the list.
But he has been lurking in the Gotei 13 for so many years.
What is his purpose…
This point left Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni puzzled.
The audience in front of the screen and everyone in the world of death.
As the scene on the screen becomes a hot topic of discussion.
The atmosphere on the screen changes as Ichigo Kurosaki and Sosuke Aizen confront each other.
The temperature is rising.
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen also felt the tense atmosphere at this moment.
And in the next moment.
Ichigo Kurosaki launched an attack.
A Crescent Moon Sky Strike attacked Aizen Sosuke with unparalleled power.
Everyone looked at this oppressive blow.
They all felt terrified.
If you are hit directly.
I’m afraid he will be disabled if not dead.
Just as everyone was holding their breath and watching the battle on the screen.
A shocking scene suddenly appeared in front of the audience on the screen.
I saw Aizen Sosuke on the screen slowly moving.
Gently extend a finger.
He actually managed to neutralize this attack with such terrifying power!
Just one finger!
The audience from all over the world gasped.
“hiss–“
How unfathomable is the strength of Aizen Sosuke?
And this scene on the screen.
The chat area of ​​the screen exploded.
“What!? Did I see correctly? He only used one finger.”
“Oh my god, what a terrifying strength this is!”
“Monster! This is simply a monster!”
“It’s interesting that there are such powerful people in this world.”
“I didn’t expect such a powerful blow to be delivered with just one finger?”
Looking at the shocking scene appearing on the screen.
The audience of Bankai has a clearer understanding of Aizen Sosuke’s strength.
fear!
There is only one word: terror.
Only then can the unfathomable and terrifying strength of Aizen Sosuke be revealed.
On the screen at this time.
The power displayed by Aizen Sosuke is just the tip of the iceberg.
Just when the shock of the audience from all over the world in front of the screen had not yet dissipated.
Another horrifying scene appeared on the screen.
Chapter 25: The captain of the 7th division appears! What!? Or is he killed instantly by the villain? (Old version)
I saw the picture on the screen rotating.
Everyone was still using one finger for Aizen Sosuke.
He blocked Kurosaki Ichigo’s Getsuga Sky Strike.
Another eye-opening scene appeared.
A giant wolf.
Suddenly appeared in front of the audience.
It was the captain of the 7th Division of the Gotei 13.
Komamura Sajin!
I saw Komamura Sajin using the Bankai Black Rope Tenju Myooh.
A huge black-armored warrior.
Appeared instantly!
The almost tangible sense of oppression seems to be overflowing from the screen.
Audiences from all over the world exclaimed in amazement as they watched this scene.
Hungry Wolf: “Is this a werewolf!?”
Garou: “Is this also the Grim Reaper?”
Nami: “It sounds weird, but he looks cute.”
Zoro: “Was that samurai summoned by the werewolf!?”
Sanji: “Why does it feel like seeing Susanoo in the Naruto world?”
Bone King: “The people in this world are so mysterious and powerful.”
Saitama: “I wonder how Aizen Sosuke will respond now.”
Yuji Itadori: “The sense of oppression brought by this guy is much stronger than that of the orange-haired boy before.”
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen watched this scene and talked about it endlessly.
Komamura Sajin on the screen began to attack Aizen!
The black-armored warrior held a sword and slashed at Aizen Sosuke in sync with Komamura Satsujin.
At this time, Aizen still had that strange smile on his face.
Remain calm under such a strong sense of oppression.
This alone made the audience from all over the world in front of the screen exclaim in surprise.
grace!
It’s so elegant!
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen saw the scene before them.
Only a look of horror remained.
Aizen calmly used the Black Coffin move.
The Komamura Satsuki on the screen exudes a strong sense of oppression.
And the summoned giant black-armored warrior Black Rope Heavenly Punishment King.
A black square space suddenly rose up around.
Just like the name of this move.
Black coffin.
A pitch-black coffin.
Instantly, Komamura Satsujin was imprisoned inside.
After the pure black slowly dissipated.
The burly Komamura Satsujin now had countless wounds all over his body.
A column of blood gushed out like a fountain.
Everyone in front of the screen was shocked.
There is a finger in front to block the crescent moon.
Later, the captain of the Seventh Division was killed instantly by the Black Coffin without any chanting.
This is the strength of Aizen.
How far has it come?!
Zhang Chulan: “Such a powerful opponent was defeated so easily by him!?”
Todou Aoi: “The oppressive feeling brought by Aizen Sosuke is really suffocating!”
Usopp: “Strong and almost invincible! The villains on this list are really terrifying.”
Blackbeard: “If this person were in our world, as long as we joined forces with him, we would be invincible in this world.”
Tornado: “Oh my god, this Aizen villain is so cool”
Bucky: “This is horrible, this is so horrible…”
Tanjiro Kamado: “I feel like I can’t breathe when facing him…”
As people from all over the world in front of the screen were discussing fiercely.
This scene on the screen also caused huge waves in the world of death.
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at Komamura Sajin who was killed instantly by Aizen’s black coffin.
A crazy desire to fight emerged from the bottom of my heart.
This fighting spirit made him very excited.
“Hahahaha! Aizen! I didn’t expect you to be so strong.”
“It’s such a pity that I couldn’t fight you.”
After saying that, Kenpachi Zaraki licked his lips.
There was a sharp light in his eyes.
Abarai Renji stared at the scene on the screen in amazement.
As the captain of the 7th Division, Komamura Sajin’s strength is unquestionable.
But he was defeated effortlessly by Aizen.
This was really unacceptable to him.
But what made him feel even more incredible was
Captain Aizen, who is usually gentle, reliable and approachable.
He actually possesses such terrifying strength.
A drop of cold sweat ran down Renci’s forehead.
“Captain Aizen…what on earth is he planning to do…”
At this moment, Byakuya Kuchiki was so surprised that he was speechless.
He is usually calm and rarely loses his composure like this.
And the picture on the screen at this time.
The impact it brought was simply too powerful.
It took him a long time to recover.
It is rare to see Captain Aizen take action.
He was ambivalent about Aizen Sosuke’s ability.
And this time it was an easy shot.
He defeated Komamura Sajin, who was also the captain.
This made him feel that Aizen’s strength was even more unfathomable.
In this world.
Kuchiki Rukia and Kurosaki Ichigo stared at the scene on the screen in a daze.
“Captain Aizen… unexpectedly has such a powerful force”
“But why did Captain Aizen become a villain…”
Ichigo Kurosaki looked at the stunned Rukia Kuchiki.
He patted her head and comforted her:
“As long as I’m here, don’t worry about the villains, just leave it to me.”
He was then knocked to the ground by a punch from Rukia Kuchiki.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen watched these shocking scenes.
The understanding of Aizen Sosuke’s strength has reached a new level.
And for such a powerful villain.
What his purpose is makes the audience more curious.
Just as audiences from all over the world were speculating.
The picture on the screen once again gave the answer.
Chapter 26: All the captains join forces to attack, Aizen leaves gracefully, and everyone in the world is stunned! (Old version)
After the scene where the captain of the 7th Division, Komamura Sajin, appeared and was killed instantly ended.
Then the images on the screen continued to play.
The picture shows Aizen Sosuke after he defeated Komamura Sajin.
Then from the chest of Rukia Kuchiki on the bipolar execution platform.
Got what he wanted.
Collapse of jade.
After that, he was surrounded by the captains.
Audiences from all over the world saw this scene.
There was a heated discussion about what Aizen would do next.
Zhang Chulan: “This gem-like thing seems to be what this guy is after.”
Feng Baobao: “It looks like his plan succeeded”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “But this is really stupid. This kind of plan should be carried out quietly and stealthily.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Creating such a big fuss has put myself in deep trouble”
Boros: “Even if he has some strength, he is just a reckless person.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “When I first saw him wearing glasses, I thought he was an intelligent villain.”
Usopp: “The people surrounding him are so powerful, this Aizen might be doomed.”
Nami: “Two fists are no match for four hands. What a pity. I quite like this villain.”
Just as the audience from all over the world were watching this scene and discussing it.
At this moment, Urahara Kisuke’s pupils suddenly shrank.
As the inventor of Broken Jade, he saw this scene.
I immediately understood the conspiracy behind this.
Why did Rukia Kuchiki appear on the bipolar execution platform?
All of this had its answer in his mind.
And Ichigo Kurosaki, who was just comforting Rukia Kuchiki.
Rukia Kuchiki was also stunned when she saw the execution platform appearing on the screen.
Then he shouted:
“Look! You’re on the screen too!”
Rukia Kuchiki stared at the screen blankly.
There is actually this gem-like thing hidden in my body.
To clear up the doubts.
Rukia Kuchiki pulled Ichigo Kurosaki beside her and ran towards Kisuke Urahara’s shop.
The scenes on the screen also sparked heated discussions in Soul Society.
Byakuya Kuchiki was stunned when he saw Rukia Kuchiki appear on the screen.
Why did Rukia Kuchiki appear on the execution platform?
And what is that gem-like thing inside her?
Aizen Sosuke’s ultimate goal is also the gem-like thing in her body.
We must quickly find Rukia Kuchiki and find out!
Thinking of this, Byakuya Kuchiki immediately set out to look for Rukia Kuchiki.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni watched everything happening on the screen.
Frowning thoughtfully.
This elderly man exudes an extremely terrifying power.
A screen suddenly appeared in the sky.
The unexpected betrayal of Aizen Sosuke.
Behind this.
Is there some bigger conspiracy?
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni was hunched over.
Walk slowly towards his room.
It looks like something big is about to happen!
People from all walks of life were discussing in front of the screen.
What will happen to Aizen who is in deep danger now?
In the end, it will fall.
Or an extreme counterattack?
What was unexpected to the audience in front of his screen was.
The blue dye that is displayed at this time.
It’s just the tip of the iceberg of his terrifying strength.
And just as everyone was speculating.
The subsequent screen appears.
It made everyone dumbfounded again.
As the captains rushed over to the screen and surrounded Aizen Sosuke.
A sense of urgency before a battle swept across the screen.
Under the expectant gaze of the audience.
There was no fierce battle on the screen.
Instead, a curtain of light descended from the sky and appeared in front of everyone.
A light curtain called the Great Hollow Reflection Membrane enveloped Aizen and Ichimaru Gin.
He easily escaped from the encirclement of a group of powerful men without bloodshed.
There wasn’t even a wrinkle on the clothes.
What is a powerful villain that is terrifying?
Aizen Sosuke gave the answer.
Kill the captain of the same level in one move.
Come and go freely among the powerful enemy camp.
In order to achieve its goals, it has been lying dormant and disguised for hundreds of years.
Such a terrifying villain.
At this moment, he appeared in front of everyone.
At this time, the screen chat area had already exploded.
Boros: “I was able to escape so easily when surrounded by so many powerful people.”
Genos: “It turns out that he was in danger not because of his recklessness”
Genos: “It’s his unparalleled confidence in his own strength.”
Saitama: “Maybe this isn’t a dangerous situation for him at all”
Zhang Chulan: “It’s so scary that there are such characters in this world”
Usopp: “The invincible strength displayed by this guy named Aizen is really breathtaking.”
Sanji: “The most terrifying thing is that I have no idea of ​​his strength.”
All the audiences in front of the screen were impressed by the powerful strength displayed by Aizen Sosuke.
What they don’t know is.
This is a series of videos reviewing Sosuke Aizen.
Just showing off this top charismatic villain.
Just a tiny bit of insignificant content.
And what will be shown next.
That would be completely beyond the cognition of the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
Chapter 27: The strongest villain with hairspray appears! Who can resist this kind of temperament? (Old version)
As the light curtain slowly rose.
The sky was originally clear.
A huge crack appeared.
From a crack in the air.
A terrifying looking giant creature crawled out.
When Aizen Sosuke floated into the air along with the light curtain.
The big virtual stretched out its hand.
The platform where Aizen Sosuke stands.
He seemed to be showing an appearance.
Aizen Sosuke is the color of submission to his master.
All the audience in front of the screen watched this incredible scene.
They all opened their eyes wide.
A heated discussion also began in the comment section of the screen.
Zhang Chulan: “This Aizen Sosuke is so handsome”
Sanji: “With this way of leaving, I would call him the most elegant villain”
Genos: “The monster that crawled out of the crack seemed pretty powerful too.”
Genos: “Looks like his pet at this point”
Usopp: “How powerful is this guy called Aizen!?”
Zoro: “It’s incredible that there are other spaces in this world.”
Bone King: “What kind of world is this?”
The images on the screen continued to change.
At this moment, Ukitake, who was standing on the ground with the other captains, looked at Aizen Sosuke in the air and asked:
“Why on earth are you doing this for!?”
Aizen Sosuke glanced at Ukitake and said:
“In order to seek higher realms”
“No one starts out standing in the sky”
“So are you, so am I, and so is God”
“This unbearable period of absence for the throne of heaven is about to end.”
As his words fell.
All I saw was Aizen Sosuke standing in the hand of the Hollow in the sky.
Pull one head of hair back.
He took off the black-framed glasses he usually wore.
All I heard was a bang.
The glasses in Sosuke Aizen’s hand shattered into pieces.
And the image and temperament of Aizen Sosuke at this time.
A dramatic change took place before everyone’s eyes.
Zhang Chulan: “Wow!? Aizen looks so handsome after taking off his glasses”
Tanjiro Kamado: “He suddenly looked cold and aloof.”
Tornado: “Is this the same person as the gentle and peaceful Aizen from before?”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “It looks much better now. A villain should look like a villain.”
Zhang Chulan: “Is this the legendary hairspray hand?!”
Looking at Aizen Sosuke who has changed his appearance at this moment.
The audience in front of the screen exclaimed in surprise.
Many female viewers looked at Aizen at this moment and it seemed like there were stars shining in his eyes.
If we talk about the previous blue dyeing.
The impression given is that he is gentle, reliable and approachable.
It’s not convincing at all to say that he is a villain.
Now Aizen shows his eyes.
A strand of hair adorns the forehead.
A unique aura belonging to a king suddenly emerged from him.
The cold look in his eyes could no longer be blocked by the lenses.
And under this image change.
Everyone felt it.
This is what the perfect villain looks like in their minds.
Just when everyone was feeling unsatisfied with the transformation of Aizen’s image.
At this time, Aizen Sosuke was gazing proudly at the captains below in the air.
He spoke slowly.
“From now on, I will stand in the sky!”
The audience in front of the screen started a heated discussion again!
Yuji Itadori: “This Aizen is so elegant! This style is so high-class”
Brooke: “It’s not an exaggeration to say that he is an artist!”
Kaido: “Is this the temperament of a king?”
Zhang Chulan: “No, bring me my hairspray, I want to have the same hairstyle as him”
Nami: “That’s so cool, Aizen-kun~”
Everyone in Soul Society froze in place as they watched this scene.
These words from Aizen Sosuke.
There is also a large hollow appearing in the Hueco Mundo behind.
All this shows that Aizen actually became the king of Hueco Mundo.
This sudden scene was too shocking.
It turns out that the final boss has been by his side all along! ?
Suddenly, everyone who had been fighting against Hueco Mundo for a long time.
Shocked beyond words.
Hinamori Momo stared blankly at Aizen Sosuke on the screen, whose temperament had undergone the ultimate transformation.
My brain is completely blank at this point.
“Captain Aizen… How could it be possible… Such a gentle Captain Aizen…”
At this moment, her eyes were filled with tears.
Even watching all this happening on the screen.
She didn’t want to believe it either.
Captain Aizen who always takes good care of them.
He would be such a powerful and ruthless villain.
She just felt her faith collapse.
At this time, Hitsugaya Toushirou was accompanying her.
I couldn’t believe what was happening on the screen.
But seeing Hinamori Momo so sad in front of him.
He stepped forward and patted her shoulder to comfort her.
“Maybe there is some unexplainable reason behind this.”
He said this to Hinamori Momo.
But this answer did not hold water in his own mind.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni looked at Aizen who had returned to Hueco Mundo on the screen.
He frowned and fell into thought.
The reason why Aizen needs to obtain the Hogyoku.
And why he became the lord of Hueco Mundo.
He still hasn’t figured it out.
But in the next moment.
His pupils suddenly shrank.
Is that his purpose?!
Chapter 28: Soul Society’s top fighters appear, and Aizen is not even willing to fight!? (Old version)
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni thought of a terrible purpose.
Could it be that Aizen Sosuke’s goal is the Soul King Palace!?
As this idea just took shape in his mind.
The picture on the screen began to change slowly.
As the picture keeps changing.
At this point, the location on the screen has arrived at Karakura Town.
I saw a black circle of light appear on the screen.
Aizen Sosuke actually slowly walked out of the light circle
Appeared with him.
There are actually the top thirty Blades with the highest combat power in Hueco Mundo!
This luxurious fighting force appeared with great momentum as soon as it appeared.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen felt this extremely oppressive momentum.
A heated discussion once again broke out in the discussion area on the screen.
“They seem to have come from that world called Hueco Mundo.”
“These guys who came out all look very powerful…”
“Aizen is truly a king at this moment!”
“Looking at this situation, is it possible that a big war is about to begin!?”
“It’s a good opportunity to see the strength of the strong people in this world.”
“But it’s best not to disappoint me.
Following the heated discussion among the people in front of the screen.
Under the leadership of Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni.
The captains of each division of the Gotei 13 stood behind Shigekuni and confronted Aizen.
Just when the atmosphere was heating up rapidly.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni slowly opened his eyes.
He took a step forward and said:
“All of You Stand Back”
He slowly raised the cane in his hand.
Just at this moment.
The cane in his hand turned into a sword.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni roared.
“Let all the heavens and earth turn to ashes, my blade is like fire!”
Following his roar, he fell.
A raging fire that seemed to burn everything to ashes.
It emanates from the sword and merges with it.
It was as if it was what Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni was holding in his hand at this moment.
It is a long blade forged from fire.
Under his wave.
A burst of fire shot up into the sky.
The flames rushed towards Aizen Sosuke like a huge wave.
Surround him.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni sheathed the sword.
“The fire is burning the castle. As a result, Aizen and his men will be unable to break through the flame barrier and escape for the time being.”
Watching the terrifying blow launched by Shigekuni on the screen.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen exclaimed in amazement.
“What!? I actually felt such a powerful force from it.”
“It’s so scary. This person looks like an old man. How can he have such power?”
“Are all the people in the Death World monsters!?”
“A flame of that magnitude can really burn everything.”
“Aizen might be in danger this time”
Everyone was talking about it.
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at the people confronting each other on the screen.
The fighting spirit in my heart grew stronger and stronger.
I can’t wait to fight with Aizen right now.
Thinking of this, he walked towards where the captain-general Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni was.
He couldn’t wait to apply to investigate Aizen.
Kuchiki Rukia looked at the screen where the battle was about to take place.
He was suddenly shocked.
Karakura Town!
If a battle were to take place in a place like this.
How many innocent people will be affected.
What exactly happened to Aizen Sosuke?
Thinking of this, she dragged Ichigo Kurosaki beside her.
He quickened his pace and rushed towards Urahara Kisuke.
Looking at Aizen Sosuke who was trapped in the flames.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni said in a deep voice at this time:
“Let’s defeat them in an orderly manner.”
Ukitake on the side couldn’t help but sigh:
“The captain is so rude!”
At this moment, in the flames, Ichimaru Gin narrowed his eyes and smiled at Aizen Sosuke and said:
“What should we do, Captain Aizen?”
“If that’s the case, we won’t be able to join the war.”
There was no trace of anxiety in his tone.
Instead, it is more of a playful look.
After hearing this, Aizen Sosuke.
He said calmly without any disturbance:
“Just wait and see what happens.”
“This can only mean that this battle will be over without us having to fight in person.”
“That’s all”
Everyone in front of the screen.
Hearing Aizen say these extremely arrogant words in a calm tone.
Everyone started to speculate.
“What’s going on with this Aizen!?”
“Does that mean he is not even worthy of fighting this kind of battle?”
“He didn’t even take the old man’s strength seriously!?”
“This is really too arrogant!”
The audience kept refreshing the comments section on the screen.
The battle on the screen has begun!
Chapter 29: Mirror Flowers and Water Moons!? Everyone in the world is shocked again! (Old version)
As the video continues to play on the screen.
A team battle between the two sides is about to break out.
The first to appear is Ayasegawa Yumichika, the third seat of the 11th Division.
Charlotte Kulufeng in the battle against Hueco Mundo.
The appearance of the two immediately made the already tense atmosphere tense.
It became a strange painting style.
“Shine, beautiful queen of the palace rose garden!”
As Charlotte unleashes her Zanpakuto abilities.
An eye-popping scene appeared!
Charlotte’s demeanor on the screen suddenly changed.
One of them was wearing a pink cape and short armor on his upper body.
The muscular figure wearing a pink miniskirt instantly caught the audience’s attention.
This look instantly sparked comments from the audience.
Zhang Chulan: “What the hell! What the hell is this!”
Usopp: “What kind of painting style is this! It’s too eye-catching!”
Franky: “This is simply perverted!”
Saitama: “Ugh, I just finished my meal! Asshole!”
You really can’t blame the audience in front of the screen for complaining.
Because Charlotte Kulufeng’s look at this moment is really too weird.
Looking at the strange-looking Ayasegawa Yumichika in front of him.
At this moment, the pupils suddenly shrank.
“What is this! Hahahaha”
The next moment he covered his mouth and burst into laughter.
At this time, Ikkaku Madarame was fighting on the other side.
A puzzled look on his face.
“I seemed to hear Yumichika’s laughter.”
“That’s impossible. How could it be possible in a battle…”
The battle on the screen is still going on fiercely.
As the battle continues to heat up.
At this time, the members of the Gotei 13 were gradually falling into a disadvantage.
The masked army actually joined the battlefield.
The situation reversed instantly!
Aizen, who had just been trapped in the flames, now appeared on the battlefield.
What is unexpected is.
The first target of Aizen’s attack was Harribel, the third of the Ten Espadas!
Harribel, who was hit by Aizen’s sword, looked at Aizen in disbelief.
Then Aizen spoke calmly:
“You are no longer useful. It seems that you are not worthy of being under my command.”
“I included you in the Ten Espada, but in the end, you are no match for me.”
Harribel’s pupils shrank when he heard Aizen’s words.
A feeling of anger surged into my heart.
He swung his sword directly at Aizen.
It actually pierced through Aizen’s body.
Aizen appeared behind Harribel intact.
A sword pierced through Harribel’s body!
Only when the audience in front of the screen sees this will they understand.
It turns out that Aizen who was just attacked by Harribel was just an illusion!
Audiences from all over the world saw this scene in front of the screen.
They all took a breath of cold air!
The strength of this Aizen Sosuke is so terrifying.
And he also possesses such a powerful illusion ability.
Everyone’s perception of Aizen Sosuke’s strength has been refreshed again!
The comment section on the screen also exploded.
Genos: “This guy was stabbed in the body, but he appeared intact again.”
Zoro: “What on earth just happened!? What kind of ability is this?”
Kakashi: Is this a genjutsu?
Tanjiro Kamado: “It’s so scary. This ability reminds me of the strong people in the Naruto world.”
Usopp: “This is simply breathtakingly invincible strength”
At this moment, the world of death.
Everyone looked at Aizen who shot down Harribel on the screen.
There was an uproar.
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at Aizen on the screen.
He said slowly and in a deep voice:
“So you are this kind of person, cold and heartless. I can’t wait to fight you.”
At this time, Byakuya Kuchiki was also thinking about the scene on the screen.
Harribel had clearly hit Aizen just now.
Yet it appeared intact.
Is this Aizen’s Zanpakuto ability?
After Aizen disappeared from Soul Society.
Gin Ichimaru also left Soul Society quietly.
At this time, looking at Aizen on the screen.
He narrowed his eyes and said slowly:
“Mirror Flower and Water Moon? The ability to completely control the enemy’s five senses, haha, it’s really tricky…”
And at this moment on the screen.
After Harribel was shot down by Aizen.
Aizen faced the Gotei 13.
He said proudly:
“Come on, Gotei 13”
“And the vulnerable Arrancar Army.”
The Gotei 13 and the Arrancar all frowned.
Staring at Aizen in front of him.
At this time, Hiyori of the Arrancar Corps listened to Aizen’s words.
Suddenly I became emotional.
Then he swung his sword and attacked Aizen with all his strength.
In the next moment.
The Gotei 13 and the Arrancar Corps.
even.
Including the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
They were all caught by the scene before their eyes.
Watching Hiyori’s attack.
Aizen had a cruel smile on his face.
The body didn’t move at all.
As the oppressive force of the strongest villain.
It is reflected vividly!
A several-meter-long katana pierced through Hiyori’s body.
The one who made the move was actually Gin Ichimaru.
Facing such a powerful Aizen and his Hueco Mundo army.
A feeling of despair rose in everyone’s heart.
Looking at the fallen Hiyori.
Hirako of the Arrancar Corps attacked Aizen again.
Chapter 30: The ability to turn the world upside down is actually child’s play! ? Is this a horror-level villain? (Old version)
Mako Hirako instantly activated her Shikai ability.
Against the brush!
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen saw a strange scene.
For Aizen Sosuke.
The whole world turned upside down!
See this weird scene.
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen suddenly became excited.
Zhang Chulan: “What kind of strange ability is this!?”
Zhang Chulan: “I am totally turned upside down. How can I fight in this situation?”
Bone King: “The abilities of the strong in this world are really interesting”
Usopp: “Turning the whole world upside down, what kind of ability does it take to do that?”
Yuji Itadori: “This yellow-haired guy is so strong, it looks like he has a chance to defeat Aizen!”
As the audience discussed it hotly.
I saw Mako Hirako on the screen saying:
“Welcome to the inverted world!”
And opposite him was Aizen Sosuke, who was standing upside down.
But he smiled and said slowly:
“It’s really interesting, everything is reversed”
“Whether it’s up, down, left, right, front, or back…”
Just as Aizen finished speaking.
He suddenly turned around and held a knife to fight against Pingzi who was attacking him.
“You think I didn’t see the clues?”
Aizen clearly dodged the attack.
His right arm was injured without any warning.
Hirako Mako slowly explained:
“Up, down, left, right, front and back were all reversed, and the direction of sight and injury were also reversed.”
“The stronger and more battle-hardened you are, the more likely you are to rely on inertia to fight.”
Seeing the injured Aizen on the screen.
Audiences from all over the world exclaimed in amazement.
“Even the enemy’s attack is the opposite of what they intended. This is really hard to predict.”
“This ability to turn the world upside down can be very useful in battle.”
“If you can’t quickly adapt to this upside-down world, even if you are Aizen…”
“I’m afraid he will be defeated.”
As audiences from all over the world continue to refresh the barrage in the discussion area on the screen.
Pingzi in the picture started attacking again!
It was clearly Pingzi’s chopped blow from the sky.
After Aizen parried the attack, he actually got wound on his leg again.
“Die, Aizen!”
Just as Hirako roared and rushed towards Aizen to deliver the final blow!
Something strange happened!
A flash of knife light passed by.
After the two people passed each other.
There was a wound on Mako Hirako’s body.
At this moment, Aizen on the screen slowly turned his head.
He said lightly:
“Your strength is far different from mine, who can control all five senses.”
“It’s just child’s play, Hirako Mako”
People from all over the world started a heated discussion again.
“Has Aizen cracked the ability of Makoto Hirako to turn the world upside down?!”
“He said he can control the enemy’s five senses! Oh my god, what kind of monster is this?”
“There is no doubt that Aizen Sosuke is the strongest villain”
“He said that such a powerful upside-down world was just child’s play.”
“Is this the strength of a horror-level villain?”
“It is so powerful that it is beyond imagination.”
Byakuya Kuchiki looked at Mako Hirako on the screen.
This is not a felony that has been convicted by the Central 46th Chamber.
The former captain of the 5th Division, Mako Hirako?!
Why does he appear in the scene of fighting with Aizen?
Did he already know Aizen’s identity before?
Shigekuni looked at Makoto Hirako fighting Aizen on the screen.
Shigekuni thought of the judgment of Hirako a hundred years ago.
I suddenly felt that there were many strange things about that verdict.
At that time.
Maybe it’s Aizen’s conspiracy!
Everyone was shocked by the strength displayed by Aizen.
They all stayed where they were.
In the video, Aizen is standing in the air.
The sky behind him shattered like a mirror.
A boy with orange hair.
Suddenly rushed out from the crack.
He swung his sword towards Aizen.
At this time.
The eyes of the Gotei 13 and the Arrancar Corps widened.
The person who came was Ichigo Kurosaki!
I saw Kurosaki Ichigo suddenly swing his sword.
A slash that carries enormous destructive power.
Along with the black spiritual pressure, Aizen Sosuke was wrapped in it.
A dazzling light burst out.
Wait until the light fades away.
Aizen Sosuke appeared in front of everyone with a smile.
Said softly:
“Long time no see, Kurosaki Ichigo”
Seeing Aizen take such a powerful blow yet remain unscathed.
The audience in front of the screen kept exclaiming.
Boros: “As expected, he is the strongest villain.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Even I had to be cautious with this move, but he took it so easily.”
Doflamingo: “This guy has an absolutely kingly temperament. Hahahaha, I kind of like this guy.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Not only is he so powerful, he’s also so elegant. This villain is just too charming.”
The audience in front of the screen kept sighing at this moment.
On the screen, Ichigo Kurosaki attacked again.
A crescent moon rushed towards Aizen.
But Aizen dodged it instantly.
I continued to try the Crescent Sky Rush a few more times.
None of them could hit Aizen in front of them.
And when Ichigo Kurosaki was in a state of panic.
All the members of the Gotei 13 and the Arrancar Corps on the field.
They all stood up.
And at this time Aizen.
I’m all alone.
Facing these dozens of strong men!
Chapter 31: How can this be a villain? Everyone exclaimed, this is the perfect protagonist in my mind! (Old version)
Before everyone surrounded Aizen.
Something happened that made everyone’s scalp tingle.
In the picture.
Ichigo Kurosaki tried to use Getsuga Tensho many times.
But none of them could hit Aizen Sosuke.
So he wanted to keep a certain distance from Aizen.
At this moment, Aizen spoke:
“Keep your distance. That’s a tactic that only opponents of equal strength would use.”
“In the face of absolute strength, any distance is useless”
After saying that.
At this time, Aizen actually appeared in front of Kurosaki Ichigo.
She placed her hand on his chest and whispered:
“Look, I can easily touch your heart”
Aizen’s terrifying strength as a villain is not only vividly demonstrated.
Even one’s own status has been infinitely elevated.
If a person only possesses infinitely powerful strength.
People can only feel anger and fear under the oppression of such power.
And what Aizen showed at this time.
It’s not just the terrifying and almost invincible strength.
And the elegance that goes deep into the bones.
This not only makes people stand in awe of his powerful strength.
People are also impressed by the elegant temperament he exudes.
Audiences from all over the world are watching this scene in front of the screen.
Everyone couldn’t help but talk about it.
Garou: “This is the most powerful and handsome villain I have ever seen”
Doflamingo: “That kind of innate elegance and powerful strength are so attractive.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “I’d be happy to be his subordinate”
Nami: “What a perfect man”
Amidst the heated discussion among the audience.
The battle on the screen also reached its climax.
Aizen Sosuke at this time.
He faced the Gotei 13 and many masters of the Arrancar Corps alone.
This scene.
It also brought the emotions of the audience in front of the screen to a peak.
Zhang Chulan: “Oh my god, is Aizen fighting so many people alone?”
Zoro: “Even if it’s Aizen, I think it will be hard to win.”
Genos: “Isn’t that a bit too arrogant?”
Tornado: “Is this the confidence that the strongest villain has in his own strength?”
Chopper: “It makes me nervous”
Tanjiro Kamado: “I don’t want to miss any of the following battle scenes.”
Boros: “Let’s see the true strength of the strongest villain.”
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were discussing this.
In the picture, Hitsugaya Toshiro suddenly took the lead in launching an attack.
He was seen swinging his sword towards Aizen.
But at this time, Aizen just lightly waved to block the attack.
At this moment, Kyoraku Shunsui slashed from the side with a knife.
Aizen actually neutralized the attack with just his palm!
What strength!
Immediately, all the audience in front of the screen.
I took a breath of cold air again!
Everyone in Soul Society watched this scene.
They all showed an expression of disbelief.
The two captains’ joint attack.
Aizen actually blocked it so easily! ?
That’s the strength of a captain!
Especially Abarai Renji.
A huge wave set off in my heart.
He knew how powerful the captain level was.
And Aizen easily resolved the attacks of the two captains.
It made him feel a sense of complete invincibility and despair.
“Aizen… Captain Aizen… is your strength really that exaggerated!?”
Ichigo Kurosaki looked at himself on the screen, fighting against Sosuke Aizen.
I suddenly felt very confused.
Why would I fight such a powerful monster?
But he seems pretty awesome.
Ichigo Kurosaki turned to Rukia Kuchiki beside him and said:
“You see, I look really good on the screen, hehe”
Rukia Kuchiki was still wondering what exactly happened.
After hearing Ichigo Kurosaki’s narcissistic words.
He punched him without hesitation.
Then he dragged Ichigo Kurosaki along.
He quickened his pace and walked towards Urahara Kisuke’s shop.
Following the sighs of the crowd.
The scene on the screen gradually became more and more anxious.
In the picture, Aizen Sosuke is under the joint attack of a group of captains.
Seems to be at ease.
Let the world in front of the screen feel.
This Aizen seemed to be playing a trick on everyone.
Not a bit serious!
Under this feeling.
Regarding Aizen, the suffocatingly powerful villain.
The audience in front of the screen were all terrified.
Hitsugaya Toushirou gritted his teeth and roared:
“Swastika, Dahong Lian Hyōrinmaru!”
After performing Bankai, Hitsugaya Toshiro wields the katana.
Ice dragons made of ice attacked Aizen.
“Divine Punishment”
“Tengu Maru”
As the captains gradually used their Bankai abilities.
At this time, he was fighting back and forth with Aizen.
Everyone used their abilities to surround Aizen.
Komamura Sajin swung his huge sword and slashed at the trapped Aizen.
But in the next second.
The shocking scene happened again.
Chapter 32: I’m going to beat ten of them! Aizen Sosuke is going crazy! (Old version)
Komamura Sajin’s long sword had not yet touched Aizen.
It was broken by a powerful invisible force.
Everyone couldn’t help but marvel at Aizen’s strength.
“Nothing hurt!”
“Aizen, don’t you take it seriously?”
“That’s amazing!”
And Aizen was at the center surrounded by everyone.
At this moment he glanced at everyone.
He said slowly with a slightly disdainful tone:
“Do you think you can defeat me with just numbers and brute force?”
“That’s a beautiful thought.”
The elegant and powerful temperament displayed by Aizen Sosuke.
Sublimated again.
This is the villain that deserves to be on the list of series!
Such unparalleled strength.
Such an elegant temperament.
Don’t even mention he’s a villain.
Even if you say he is the protagonist, I will believe it!
Perfect.
It’s just perfect.
The battle on the screen has reached a white-hot stage.
Komamura Sajin uses his Bankai ability to summon the Black Rope Heavenly Punishment Myooh.
The black-armored warrior suddenly appeared in front of the screen.
He chopped at Aizen with the momentum to smash everything into pieces.
Aizen just snorted coldly.
Then he cut off the huge sword of the Black Rope Heavenly Punishment King.
Next second.
Aizen just swung his sword lightly.
Komamura Sajin’s arm was actually cut off!
The impact of this picture is really too great.
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen even broke out in cold sweat as they watched this scene.
Bang: “How can Aizen be so powerful?”
Tornado: “These powerful men who look so powerful are just like ants in front of him.”
Zoro: “I can’t believe there is such a strong person in the world.”
Boros: “I really want to meet him”
Kaido: “If it’s this guy, maybe he has the power to kill me”
Blackbeard: “Hahahaha, I really want to make friends with such a strong man.”
Zhang Chulan: “These villains are really scary, especially this Aizen Sosuke”
Aizen easily defeated the people who came towards him.
At this moment the scene changed.
The captain of the second division, Soi Fong.
He used his extremely powerful Shikai ability to kill with two hits.
This made Aizen on the screen start to take it seriously.
But the next moment.
Aizen was able to completely suppress Soi-Fong’s ability with just his spiritual pressure.
Just as he raised his knife to kill Soi-Fong on the spot.
Kyoraku Shunsui suddenly appeared behind Aizen.
He actually stabbed the sword into Aizen’s body!
Even Aizen, whose expression never changed.
At this moment, a slight surprise appeared on his face.
At this moment, Kyoraku Shunsui said slowly:
“You were careless, Captain Aizen. There are shadows on the ice too.”
As Kyoraku Shunsui’s words fell.
Hitsugaya Toushirou roared and rushed towards Aizen.
“You’re done, Aizen”
All I saw was Hitsugaya Toushirou on the screen.
The katana wrapped in ice pierced straight through Aizen Sosuke’s body.
Looking at Aizen who was pierced through the body by Higata Toushirou.
The first reaction of the audience in front of the screen was disbelief.
Such a powerful Aizen actually suffered such a fatal injury?
But there are still some viewers who have some doubts about Aizen’s strength.
At this time, everyone was discussing.
Atomic Samurai: “It seems that Aizen is not as invincible as you say.”
Buggy: “It’s been pierced through the chest, it should be dead now.”
Aunt: “Although it is true that he has shown great strength, but that’s all.”
Enelu: “Tsk, I thought I was really invincible.”
I saw the comment section on the screen constantly refreshing the barrage.
Regarding Aizen Sosuke, whose chest was pierced on the screen at this moment.
The viewers who sent these comments all thought that Aizen had died.
But things are not that simple.
At this time in Soul Society.
He was concentrating on watching Byakuya Kuchiki fighting on the screen.
Looking at Aizen Sosuke who was pierced through the chest.
Different from everyone else.
He felt a vague sense of uneasiness in his heart.
Such a powerful and smart Aizen Sosuke.
How could he be killed so easily?
This gave him a feeling of unreality.
Then he looked at the reactions of the people who had killed Aizen Sosuke on the screen.
He was sure.
It’s not that simple.
And the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
A more careful discovery.
After everyone worked together to pierce Aizen Sosuke’s chest.
The look on everyone’s face was not one of relief.
But a huge panic!
The audience who noticed this detail couldn’t help but think about it with horror.
No way.
This villain is so powerful that it’s suffocating.
Is he going to show off some terrifying ability again!?
Chapter 33: Mirror Flower and Water Moon! The world exclaimed, the Uchiha family said I know this! (Old version)
The images on the screen changed slowly.
All I saw on the screen was Hitsugaya Toushirou.
He pierced Aizen’s body with a katana wrapped in ice.
Aizen Sosuke was frozen in ice.
As his hands slowly dropped down.
A roar broke the quiet atmosphere of the scene.
“What have you done?!”
Kurosaki Ichigo’s eyes widened.
I watched everything happening in front of the screen in disbelief.
As Ichigo Kurosaki’s roar resounded in everyone’s ears.
This is when the Gotei 13 and the Arrancar Corps woke up.
Hitsugaya Toshiro stared blankly at the person in front of him whose body was pierced by his own sword.
There is no such thing as Aizen Sosuke.
The person in front of me.
It’s clearly Momo Hinamori!
A look of horror instantly appeared on everyone’s face.
how so!?
Hirako Mako shouted at Aizen who had just appeared:
“Asshole! When did this happen? When did you start using Mirror Flower and Water Moon?”
At this moment, Aizen Sosuke responded contemptuously:
“Then I want to ask too.”
“When did you get the illusion that I wasn’t using illusions?”
The audience of all worlds in front of the screen had the same reaction as the people fighting Aizen.
My mind went completely blank.
yes.
When did this guy start using the Mirror Flower and Water Moon?
Could it be that all the battles I saw before were just illusions?
This scene was really too weird.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen immediately started discussing.
Zhang Chulan: “What on earth is going on?”
Zhang Chulan: “I saw it clearly just now. The one who was surrounded and killed by everyone was clearly Aizen!”
Genos: “Why did you suddenly become that girl?”
Genos: “Is this the ability he possesses!?”
Uchiha Itachi: “Is it actually an illusion?”
Nami: “Why are so many people under the illusion at the same time?”
Zoro: “When did he activate the illusion?”
Tornado: “This is too scary. I fell into his illusion silently.”
Chopper: “I think this ability is called Mirror Flower and Water Moon?”
Sanji: “Could it be that this ability that he mentioned before, that can control the enemy’s five senses?”
Tanjiro Kamado: “Is this the feeling of oppression from the strongest villain?”
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen were shocked by this sudden scene.
I have a new understanding of Aizen’s strength.
After so many scenes of Aizen appeared in the inventory video.
As for how powerful Aizen is.
It’s still an unsolved mystery!
This is enough to prove that Aizen is included in the list of villains in this series.
How unfathomable is the power he possesses!
While audiences from all over the world were discussing this.
Everyone looked at this strange scene.
They all felt incredible.
He had a new assessment of Aizen’s strength in his mind.
If it’s Aizen from the 5th Division who wears black-framed glasses.
Possessing such strength.
He definitely wouldn’t believe it.
Aizen, who had been lurking in Soul Society for a hundred years without revealing any clues.
He has already classified it as an extremely dangerous opponent.
Hitsugaya Toushirou had now finished watching the scene on the screen.
He immediately clenched his teeth.
My fists were clenched so hard that they hurt.
Seeing Aizen, whom Hinamori Momo admires so much.
He actually did this to her.
Hitsugaya Toshiro developed an infinite murderous intent towards Aizen.
“Aizen Sosuke, I will definitely kill you, the traitor.”
At this time, Byakuya Kuchiki was looking at the scene on the screen.
Said in a daze.
“Is this the ability of his Zanpakutō Kyouka Suigetsu?”
“The enemy’s five senses were controlled without him knowing.”
Standing next to him at this time was Abarai Renji.
I was also shocked beyond words.
He said excitedly:
“It’s really abominable that such a powerful Captain Aizen is actually our enemy.”
At this time, the picture on the screen continues.
Looking at Hinamori who died in his arms.
Hitsugaya Toushirou went completely berserk.
With a cry of pain, he rushed straight towards Aizen Sosuke.
Looking at Hitsugaya Toushirou, whose face was filled with pain and anger.
Aizen Sosuke just said softly:
“Full of loopholes”
Captains such as Soi-Fong and Shunsui Kyoraku.
There are also members of the Arrancar Corps, such as Hirako Mako.
They roared together and attacked Aizen.
Aizen dodged and swung his sword.
A group of captain-level strong men.
Just for a moment.
All were defeated by Aizen!
This scene before him was imprinted in Ichigo Kurosaki’s eyes.
Looking at the people falling down one after another.
Ichigo Kurosaki’s pupils shrank again and again!
Looking at such a powerful Aizen.
Ichigo Kurosaki was so shocked that he stood there in a daze.
A huge column of fire rose into the sky with the power to annihilate everything.
Aizen Sosuke was wrapped in it.
Everyone in front of the screen exclaimed again!
The strongest fighting force in Soul Society.
Captain-general of the Gotei 13.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni is about to confront Aizen!
Chapter 34: Captain Shigekuni takes action! He is pierced through by Aizen’s sword!? (Old version)
Looking at the flame on the screen that wrapped Aizen.
I feel very emotional.
The old man who showed great power from the beginning.
It turned out to be the final trump card of the Gotei 13.
He seems to be so powerful even though he is already in his twilight years.
If he were a little younger.
That strength is unimaginable.
When all the captains were defeated.
He finally appeared.
The moves he made were extremely shocking.
It also caused the audience in front of the screen to start speculating.
Captain General Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni faces off against Aizen.
What a thrilling battle it will be.
“It feels like the fun is about to begin.”
Yuji Itadori: “This old man looks like an absurdly strong character”
Boros: “This battle feels really exciting”
Zoro: “It’s hard to say who will win or lose.”
Zhang Chulan: “I bet 50 cents, Aizen wins again”
Gojo Satoru: “After all, this is a list of the strongest villains, so I bet on Aizen to win.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “I think the old man will win. Absolute power can crush everything.”
Tornado: “Just looking at the few moves he made, you can tell that the old man is a very capable guy.”
Sanji: “Let’s wait and see.”
As the audience in front of the screen debated fiercely.
All he could see and feel was the terrifying pressure emanating from Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni.
Even Aizen seemed to be serious.
In the video, Aizen said slowly:
“The captain has finally arrived in person, but unfortunately he is a step too late.”
“At this moment, you are the only captain who can go to the battlefield.”
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni walked out of the huge flame column, looking intimidating without even getting angry.
He looked around at the captains who were lying on the ground.
He said to Aizen in a deep voice:
“Stop being so arrogant, kid.”
“With your ability, do you still expect to hurt me?”
Aizen faced Shigekuni, who had a downcast look on his face.
I felt a huge anger coming from him.
To this.
Aizen just said softly:
“I didn’t expect to hurt you, because I already have.”
These words were like adding fuel to the fire.
This immediately made Chongguo furious like a raging lion.
Tear the Aizen in front of him into pieces.
was the only thought left in Shigekuni’s mind at this moment.
Following a roar from Chongguo.
Ryujin Jakka slashed towards Aizen with a flame that could burn everything.
Let’s look at Aizen at this time.
He actually dodged the attack in an instant and came behind Shigekuni.
Without even turning his head, he stabbed towards Chongguo behind him with his sword.
It went straight through his body!
Watching this scene appear on the screen.
The audiences from all over the world widened their eyes.
I covered my mouth and couldn’t make any sound.
The commander-in-chief is Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni.
that’s all.
Defeated! ?
“Are you kidding me? The old man was killed in one move?”
“How is this possible? Aizen is too invincible!”
“It’s unbelievable, such a powerful old man can’t even take one move?”
Rukia Kuchiki already brought Ichigo Kurosaki with her.
Arrived at Urahara Kisuke’s shop.
Rukia Kuchiki was about to ask all the questions in her mind.
Stay where you are!
“The person on the screen is the captain-general….was he defeated by Captain Aizen in one move?”
Her mind was blank at this moment.
At this time, Urahara Kisuke beside him also stood there in a daze.
Although I have long known that Aizen is very powerful.
But no one expected that even the captain-general would be pierced through the body so easily by Aizen.
Aizen becomes stronger again! ?
Or rather.
It turns out that his strength is so terrifying!
Urahara Kisuke also stood there speechless.
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at the captain-general whose body was pierced by Aizen.
Kenpachi, who is a war maniac, was also stunned.
This scene is really shocking.
It made him feel incredible.
“Captain-General…I can’t let Aizen defeat me like this.”
“Could this video be fake?”
The only reasonable explanation appeared in Kenpachi’s mind.
He really couldn’t imagine it.
With the strength of the captain.
He was actually defeated by Aizen!
Just when everyone was shocked.
The image on the screen began to change again.
Just see the screen.
At this time, Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni was pierced through the body.
He actually showed a weird smile.
He reached out and tightly grasped Aizen’s sword-holding arm.
He said in a deep voice:
“Aizen Sosuke, I caught you”
The audience in front of the screen saw this scene.
They all suddenly realized.
It turns out that this was just a flaw that Shigekuni deliberately revealed.
Use this as an opportunity to restrict Aizen.
Just as the audience from all over the world in front of the screen applauded this scene.
On the screen, all I saw was Aizen Sosuke, whose arm was grabbed by Shigekuni.
He showed that the strongest villain was still as calm as ever.
He slowly opened his mouth and said:
“You caught it”
“Is it really my arm?”
Chapter 35: A villain with unrivaled strength and wisdom! How can we defeat him? (Old version)
Aizen Sosuke on the screen.
He continued to speak slowly to Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni in front of him:
“You should be very clear about the ability of Mirror Flower and Water Moon”
At this time, Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni replied thoughtfully:
“So that’s how it is. Whatever I see and feel is unbelievable.”
But the next second, Zhongguo said with great certainty:
“I will not admit my mistake to the Zanpakutō’s spiritual pressure that pierced my abdomen.”
Shigekuni grabbed Aizen Sosuke’s hand and squeezed it hard.
The flames with the power to burn everything erupted again all around.
I saw flames shooting up into the sky on the screen.
The scorching heat seemed to overflow from the screen.
Even the audience from all over the world in front of the screen felt the temperature around them rising a little bit when watching this scene.
Seeing such a shocking scene on the screen.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen once again started a heated discussion.
Genos: “This old man’s strength is unfathomable.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “This move is so terrifying, it feels like the whole world is going to be reduced to ashes by him”
Luffy: “Looking at the screen, I feel warm.”
Saitama: “With such a large-scale attack, even Aizen can’t dodge it.”
Boros: “Being able to fight against such a powerful villain like Aizen, this old man called Shigekuni deserves my recognition.”
Bone King: “The power displayed by these strong men in the world of death is truly amazing.”
Kaido: “This battle is so exciting!”
Everyone looked at the flames summoned by Shigekuni on the screen.
The world within a hundred miles seemed like purgatory at this moment.
Komamura Sajin watched the battle on the screen.
I couldn’t help but murmur:
“The captain actually used this move. Aizen is doomed this time.”
Kenpachi Zaraki was also staring at the battle on the screen intently at this time.
Regarding this move used by Captain-General Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni.
He could clearly understand how terrifyingly powerful this move was.
This hot hell can even turn the land with a radius of 100 kilometers into scorched earth.
A smile appeared on Kenpachi Zaraki’s lips.
“It seems that the captain is going to be serious this time.”
Gin Ichimaru, who had left Seireitei quietly before.
At this time, he appeared in the world of Hueco Mundo.
Looking at Sosuke Aizen fighting with Captain-General Shigekuni on the screen.
He narrowed his eyes and said with a playful look:
“Haha, Aizen. Facing this move by the captain-general, even you would find it difficult.”
Just as everyone was watching the battle displayed on the screen.
Show different reactions at this time.
On the screen, Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni spoke to Aizen again slowly:
“You will be buried with me in this hot hell.”
This is the end of the story.
Aizen was trapped in this purgatory-like flame.
There was finally a slight change in his expression.
Aizen Sosuke narrowed his eyes slightly.
He glanced sideways at Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni in front of him.
In this dangerous situation.
He still didn’t show any sign of panic.
The temperament of being the strongest villain.
It was perfectly displayed in him at this moment.
Ichigo Kurosaki’s pupils suddenly shrank as he watched the two people fighting on the screen.
He exclaimed to Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni:
“Watch your back, old man!”
Following Ichigo Kurosaki’s exclamation.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen also turned their attention to behind Chongguo.
A skeleton-like humanoid monster.
Suddenly he appeared behind Shigekuni.
Shigekuni reacted quickly, turning around and slashing at the monster with his sword.
The incredible scene appeared again.
The humanoid monster grabbed Shigekuni’s Zanpakutō with just one hand.
And the flame attached to the blade disappeared!
See this scene in front of you.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni frowned and whispered:
“Why did the flame of Ryujin Jakka go out?”
Just when Chongguo was still confused.
Aizen Sosuke landed lightly in front of him.
“There is no doubt that your Ryujin Jakka is the strongest Zanpakutō.”
“But if I abandon all my abilities and only focus on one point, I can resist your strongest ability.”
“This Arrancar is called Wonderwise, and he has only one mission, which is to seal your Ryuunin Jakka.”
As Aizen Sosuke slowly explained.
The infernal flames on the screen were completely extinguished.
Audiences from all over the world who watched this scene sighed in admiration.
Zhang Chulan: “Did this Aizen even take the enemy’s strongest combat power into account?”
Tornado: “His unrivaled strength alone is enough to make people feel suffocated.”
Tornado: “And this wisdom of controlling everything makes him truly invincible.”
Sanji: “This guy named Aizen is completely different from the villain in the general sense.”
Nami: “Strong strength and intelligence!”
Nami: “This kind of villain! He’s just too perfect!”
Just as the audience was discussing and admiring Aizen’s strength.
Sudden!
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni was completely restrained at this moment.
He whispered:
“Do you think you can defeat me by sealing away Ryujin Jakka?”
As Chongguo’s words fell.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were guessing.
This powerful old man.
What other surprising cards are there?
Chapter 36: The strongest captain in Soul Society is no match for Aizen! (Old version)
Following the words of Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni.
He actually gave up the Shikai ability of his strongest Zanpakutō.
He was seen taking a fighting stance.
He looks like a master of physical skills.
And the humanoid monster Wonderweiss created by Aizen.
He rushed towards Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni with a strange cry.
On the screen, I saw Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni only using one punch.
Wanda Weiss was knocked flying and fell out!
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni slowly said to Aizen Sosuke in front of him:
“You don’t even think about it”
“Why was I able to serve as the captain of the Gotei 13 for a thousand years?”
“Because in the past thousand years, no god of death has ever been stronger than me.”
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were suddenly excited!
Sanji: “Is the old man so handsome?”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Humph, this old man is worthy of my respect!”
Luffy: “Grandpa is so powerful, he knocked that guy away with just one punch!”
Genos: “The old man has no hair just like the teacher. It seems I have found the secret to becoming stronger!”
Bone King: “A strong man who has never been defeated in a thousand years? This old man is very interesting.”
Boros: “Haha, this old man has earned my respect!”
Hawkeye: “A truly strong person can show his strength even without relying on weapons.”
Rukia Kuchiki and Ichigo Kurosaki.
There are also three people, Urahara Kisuke.
At this moment, I was also watching the fierce battle on the screen nervously.
When Shigekuni’s Ryujin Jakka was restrained by the Arrancar created by Aizen.
The three were very worried.
When the old man showed his immense power even without his Zanpakutō’s abilities.
The three of them felt relieved.
After Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni demonstrated his unparalleled physical skills.
The humanoid monster named Wanda Weiss was actually beaten back step by step.
Aizen Sosuke, who was watching the battle from below, had no expression on his face.
As Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni’s attacks became more and more frequent.
The force is getting stronger and stronger.
Wanda Weiss shows signs of being broken.
And just when Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni smashed Wonderweiss to pieces.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni turned around and jumped in front of Aizen.
“If you have anything to say, just say it. You won’t live long.”
At this time, Aizen still looked calm.
He slowly said:
“Wandaweiss’s goal is to seal Ryujin Jakka”
“The so-called seal is to prevent new flames from being born, and to seal them in the sword.”
“The flame that has been released, guess where it is sealed?”
As Aizen Sosuke’s words fell.
At this moment, the pupils of Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni on the opposite side suddenly trembled.
He turned his head and looked instantly.
Wanda Weiss, who was just beaten to pieces with only the upper body left.
At this moment, a blazing flame suddenly appeared on his body.
At this time, Aizen was still speaking slowly:
“What will happen if all the power you release explodes in an instant?”
Two short sentences from Aizen Sosuke.
The amount of information presented is enough to make the scalps of all viewers in front of the screen tingle.
This man is so powerful that it’s suffocating.
Even the calculations in battle are so terrible.
Just one Wanda Weiss.
He was actually going to kill Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni, the captain-general of the Gotei 13.
Forced into a desperate situation!
Such a wise strategy.
Such power.
It’s really terrifying!
I can’t help but be shocked by Aizen Sosuke’s wisdom.
Zhang Chulan: “What kind of monster is this Aizen? Such a powerful captain is under his control.”
Nami: “He’s handsome, powerful, and smart. Oh my god, he’s perfect!”
Blackbeard: “If a person like this becomes an opponent, it makes me sweat.”
Bang: “This is the first time I feel awe towards a villain”
As the audience from all over the world in front of the screen continued to discuss.
Everyone was once again horrified by Aizen’s strength.
There was even a feeling of admiration.
The video on the screen is still playing.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni knew this well.
What kind of disaster would it cause if the hot hell was released instantly?
He rushed towards Wandaweiss’s body without hesitation.
After a shocking red light flashed.
It did not bring the disaster that people imagined.
Just in the place where Wanda Weiss was originally.
A huge deep pit appeared on the ground.
And the person who was among them at this time was Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni.
One arm was singed.
He gasped in embarrassment and looked at Aizen in front of him.
Looking at the embarrassed Chongguo.
Aizen actually clapped his hands in praise.
“As expected of you, the captain of the Gotei 13.”
“If you hadn’t suppressed it with your body, a place several times larger than this town would have been burned to ashes.”
“I want to thank you, Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni”
“You protected my world!”
Looking at Shigekuni who had collapsed due to serious injuries.
Aizen walked up to him now.
He slowly drew out his sword.
It is time to kill the powerful country at this time.
It was an incredible scene for all the audience in front of the screen.
Suddenly appeared on the screen!
Chapter 37: The cremation sword that shocked the world actually injured Aizen! ? (Old version)
Just as Aizen Sosuke slowly walked towards the original Genryusai Shigekuni.
The captain, Chongguo, was lying on the ground, dying.
In an instant.
With the arm that had been singed by the flames.
He grabbed Aizen’s ankle tightly.
I only heard Chongguo speak in a low voice:
“How many times do I have to tell you, kid, carelessness will cost you your life”
Aizen, who is always calm and composed.
At this time, he was also shocked.
“Ninety-sixth of the Broken Path, Cremation with One Knife”
As Chongguo’s low voice came.
The burnt arm actually began to glow red.
A crack suddenly appeared on the arm.
It was as if there was an energy in it that the body could no longer bear.
It’s about to break out.
In a second.
The screen was immediately filled with red flames.
A terrifying feeling of oppression that could not be described.
Sweeping out from the screen.
This terrifying energy is almost tangible.
It seems to be overflowing from the screen.
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were all terrified!
It gave the audience a huge shock.
So they started discussing it again.
Zhang Chulan: “The old man is so powerful. The pressure he releases is no less than that of Shinra Tensei.”
Zoro: “With such a powerful destructive force, I believe even Aizen will have a hard time dealing with it.”
Bone King: “Wonderful, really wonderful”
Boros: “This world really makes my blood boil.”
Uchiha Madara: “Only this level of fighting can please me.”
Gojo Satoru: “This old man showed great fighting ability. He deliberately exposed his flaws twice.”
Tornado: “What should Aizen do now?”
Everyone in Soul Society at this time.
The captain-general was concentrating on watching the fierce battle with Aizen on the screen.
They now have a deeper understanding of Aizen Sosuke.
In order to restrain the Soul Society’s strongest fighter, Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni.
He actually created an Arrancar that was specifically designed to restrict Ryujin Jakka.
This is also proved from the side.
The combat effectiveness of one’s own side.
I know it like the back of my hand.
Although the captain Shigekuni was in such a restrained situation.
He still showed strength that even Aizen praised.
But the move on the screen was a cremation.
Although the power is extremely strong.
But it comes at a very painful price.
Kenpachi Zaraki watching this scene.
He said with a serious expression:
“I never thought that Aizen Sosuke would force the captain-general to use this trick.”
At this time, Byakuya Kuchiki was watching the fierce battle on the screen.
A wave of worry suddenly rose in my heart.
Even the captain-general was forced to this point by Aizen.
Cremation Blade is a move that sacrifices one’s own body in exchange for a powerful attack.
Not as a last resort.
The captain would not use this trick either.
This alone made him break out in a cold sweat.
The former captain of the fifth squad.
Aizen Sosuke.
How powerful is it?
Rukia Kuchiki and Ichigo Kurosaki in Kisuke Urahara’s shop.
After explaining to the two the incident and the broken jade a hundred years ago.
Kurosaki Ichigo asked:
“Hey! Geta Hat, if you knew all this, why didn’t you tell that Soul Society guy earlier?”
Urahara Kisuke said helplessly:
“After all, I was also exiled during that incident, and no one believed what I said.”
Kuchiki Rukia nodded and said:
“I can only say that Captain Aizen’s plan was too perfect, and his disguise was too good, he fooled everyone.”
Ichigo Kurosaki shouted:
“Do you still call him Captain now?”
There was no response from Rukia Kuchiki.
There is only the embarrassing iron fist of Rukia Kuchiki.
The picture on the screen continues.
I saw Aizen Sosuke rushing out from the screen full of flames.
During the previous battle with everyone.
The indigo dyed clothes don’t even have a wrinkle.
At this moment, there were traces of flames on his body.
You can imagine.
A blow earned by Shigekuni at the cost of his body.
Even Aizen was injured.
Aizen just rushed out of the flames.
I didn’t have time to catch my breath.
Ichigo Kurosaki, wearing the Hollow Mask, attacked again at this moment.
Crescent Moon Sky Rush!
Violent energy spread out as Ichigo Kurosaki slashed.
I was stunned.
Aizen was never visibly injured.
There was a huge wound on the shoulder.
Kurosaki Ichigo attacked again.
With the Crescent Moon Sky Chong coming again.
The scene that shocked the audience appeared on the screen again!
Aizen easily took this move.
The only trace of panic that had been there before disappeared from his face.
That calm look that only belongs to the strongest villain.
It was back on his face.
He and Kurosaki Ichigo were facing off with their swords.
A smile appeared on his face.
“You missed your chance to kill me, Kurosaki Ichigo”
“Just now, that was my last flaw.”
Ichigo Kurosaki heard what Aizen said at this moment.
Obviously startled.
Responded:
“That’s enough, you’re already hurt”
But at this time, Aizen said slowly:
“Injured? Do you think this is an injury?”
The incredible scene appears again!
Chapter 38: Immortality!? How many cards does this Aizen have? (Old version)
All I saw on the screen was Aizen, who had just been seriously injured.
At this moment, a strange blue light suddenly appeared on his body.
The wounds on his body began to heal at a speed visible to the naked eye.
Ichigo Kurosaki’s pupils suddenly shrank.
Exclaimed:
“Super-speed regeneration!?”
And after hearing Ichigo Kurosaki’s exclamation.
Slowly explained:
“It’s not super-speed regeneration. Do you think I’ve become virtual?”
“This is the host’s defensive instinct.”
Explanation for blue dyeing.
It wasn’t just Ichigo Kurosaki on the other side who felt puzzled.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen were also very puzzled.
Yuji Itadori: “That Aizen was seriously injured just now, but now he has recovered as before?”
Sanji: “Is this the body’s ability to recover? Impossible!”
Hungry Wolf: “What does he mean by host?”
Gojo Satoru: “I saw a burst of blue light burst out from his body, and then the wound healed.”
Gojo Satoru: “Could it be related to that blue light?”
Zhang Chulan: “How many cards does Aizen Sosuke have left to play?”
Just as the audience from all over the world in front of the screen were discussing the matter.
The pupils of Urahara Kisuke in the present world shrank.
Even my heartbeat stopped for a moment because of surprise!
He saw.
Aizen on the screen slowly lifted up his torn clothes.
Revealing his muscular body.
And the hideous wounds caused by Yueyatian’s attack just now.
There is also a gem-like object that emits blue light.
Embedded on Aizen’s chest.
“Aizen has actually merged with the Hogyoku!?”
Urahara Kisuke was shocked.
He suddenly collapsed on a chair in the store.
Kuchiki Rukia looked at Urahara Kisuke who lost his composure like this.
Asked softly:
“Is Aizen Sosuke’s visible recovery ability the ability of the Hogyoku?”
After saying that, she covered her chest.
At this time, Urahara Kisuke was so shocked that he was speechless.
But he soon calmed down.
After all, this is still the video footage that appears on the screen.
Even if it’s something that’s going to happen in the future.
There is still a chance to stop it.
He looked at Kuchiki Rukia.
I began to explain to her the function and origin of the broken jade.
After hearing the explanation, Ichigo Kurosaki was shocked.
“So now, we have to protect your safety no matter what!”
Kurosaki Ichigo glanced at Urahara Kisuke.
He turned seriously and said to Rukia Kuchiki beside him.
Aizen Sosuke touched the wound with his hand to feel the spiritual pressure of Getsuga Tencho that remained in the wound.
Said to Kurosaki Ichigo:
“Is this your spiritual pressure? Very good, just as I thought.”
“Every battle you have experienced so far is under my control.”
“Don’t you find it strange?”
“I’ve known you since you were born”
Hearing what Aizen said on the screen.
The entire death world was shocked.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni stared intently at the picture on the screen.
The strength displayed by Aizen in the previous scene also exceeded his imagination.
It seems like I have lost.
And this orange-haired little ghost looks like the Grim Reaper.
He was able to fight back and forth with Aizen.
But what did Aizen mean?
What does it mean to know it from birth?
Why is Aizen paying attention to this strange kid?
What is the connection behind this?
In Kisuke Urahara’s shop.
I haven’t recovered from the shock of the previous scene yet.
At this time, I heard the words of Aizen Sosuke.
Shocked again.
Ichigo Kurosaki watched himself fighting Aizen on the screen.
Feeling confused.
Why is it myself in the picture?
It looks like it is many times more powerful than it is now.
And Aizen said that he knew himself from the moment he was born.
“This Aizen is so powerful, he actually knows me?”
Kurosaki Ichigo said in confusion.
Urahara Kisuke looked at Kurosaki Ichigo in silence.
There are some secrets in his heart.
But I can’t tell Kurosaki Ichigo yet.
And Rukia Kuchiki was also very puzzled and said in a deep voice.
“Why is this happening? Is there any conspiracy?”
Just when everyone was still shocked by Aizen’s words.
Aizen on the screen spoke slowly again.
“You are special from the moment you are born”
“Because you are human and…”
Just when Aizen Sosuke was about to give the answer that everyone had been waiting for.
A katana slashed towards Aizen at an extremely fast speed.
But Aizen turned around and dodged it.
A mature and steady middle-aged man suddenly appeared on the screen.
He said slowly:
“You talk too much, Aizen Sosuke”
Seeing this scene, Ichigo Kurosaki’s eyes widened instantly.
Because of the person who suddenly appeared in front of me.
It turned out to be the father who always played and joked with me at home.
Why!?
Dad will appear here! ?
Chapter 39: The strongest dad appears. Although he is very strong, Aizen has evolved! (Old version)
At this moment, Ichigo Kurosaki on the screen was completely stunned.
In my impression, my dad is just an ordinary middle-aged man.
I like smoking on weekdays.
Occupation: a small town doctor.
The only outstanding advantage is his fairly good medical skills.
Now he actually appears on the battlefield! ?
What the hell!?
Am I dreaming?
Ichigo Kurosaki’s mind went completely blank.
And looking at Kurosaki Isshin who appeared on the screen.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen began a heated discussion.
Luffy: “Who is this uncle?”
Luffy: “He looks a bit like that orange-haired boy.”
Sanji: “Is this his father?”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “If you can’t beat him, you call your dad? This is really a bit dramatic.”
Zoro: “To be able to appear in a place like this, he must not be an ordinary person.”
Bone King: “That’s really interesting.”
Everyone in Soul Society looked at Kurosaki Isshin who appeared.
stunned.
Hitsugaya Toushirou was so surprised that he was speechless.
Captain Isshin!?
Before I became the captain of the 10th squad.
At that time, he was still the third seat under Captain Isshin of the 10th Squad.
The captain of the team at that time, Yi Xin, often praised his work efficiency and attitude.
He said frankly that he would be the best candidate to succeed the captain.
“How is this possible! Captain Yixin, why are you here?”
Hitsugaya Toushirou exclaimed.
The vice-captain of the 10th Division, Rangiku Matsumoto, stared at Kurosaki Isshin who appeared on the screen with wide eyes.
Didn’t Captain Isshin die in that present-world investigation?
She was sad for a long time because of this.
But the dead Captain Isshin appeared on the screen at this time.
Still fighting with Aizen.
There were so many things that shocked her today.
At this moment, the questions in her mind were like a ball of thread that could not be untied.
He was left with a puzzled look on his face.
“Who can tell me what happened?”
Isshin Kurosaki who just appeared in the video on the screen.
But he did something that was shocking.
He turned around with a dark face and walked towards Ichigo Kurosaki aggressively.
Ichigo Kurosaki in the picture said in a daze:
“Old…Dad…”
Before Kurosaki Ichigo could finish.
Just like playing around, he butted his head against Ichigo Kurosaki’s forehead.
Ichigo Kurosaki was instantly knocked flying and fell downstairs.
Audiences from all over the world who saw this scene commented on it.
Luffy: “This uncle looks so fierce”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “This orange-haired boy must have been severely beaten by his father”
Zhang Chulan: “You should know that you are still facing Aizen! Be serious!”
And Aizen has not spoken since Kurosaki Isshin appeared just now.
Looking at this funny scene in front of me.
He smiled and slowly said:
“Keep your distance? The wise choice”
Looking at Aizen Sosuke in front of him.
Kurosaki Isshin said nothing.
With just a few flashes, he disappeared from Aizen’s sight at an extremely fast speed.
At this time, Aizen Sosuke still had a nonchalant look on his face.
Looking at the disappearing Kurosaki Isshin, he slowly said:
“Did you eliminate the spiritual pressure? It looks like you created a very powerful barrier.”
Aizen Sosuke turned his head and said:
“You’ve been visiting for a long time, Yin.”
At this time, Ichimaru Gin still squinted his eyes and said with a playful look:
“It’s not a visit, but I can’t find the opportunity or need to help.”
The next second after the words fell.
Kurosaki Ichigo suddenly jumped out.
It descended from the sky and attacked the two of them.
Gin Ichimaru blocked Ichigo Kurosaki’s move with his backhand.
Just as Aizen turned his head to look.
A sword energy came slashing down.
It actually cut open a corner of the tall building where Aizen was standing.
Kurosaki Isshin immediately met the falling Aizen.
The situation on the scene suddenly became 2v2!
As the battle continues.
Isshin Kurosaki, who was fighting with Aizen, actually had the upper hand.
At this time, Kurosaki Isshin said:
“What’s wrong? Your movements have become slower. Have you reached your limit?”
What Aizen said next made Kurosaki Isshin tremble all over.
“Well, it seems to be true. I have reached my limit.”
“My Limits as a Grim Reaper”
“The will of the Broken Jade has finally begun to understand my heart”
At this moment, Aizen’s aura suddenly surged.
The clothes on his body, which were torn by the battle, moved automatically without wind.
A terrifying feeling of oppression.
Suddenly it burst out from Aizen.
Is this Aizen?
This is the series that makes it onto the villains list.
The strongest villain, Sosuke Aizen!
Under the effect of collapsed jade.
At this time, Aizen actually began to evolve to the next level.
Feel the incomparable sense of oppression bursting out from him at this moment.
The audiences in front of the screen suddenly felt an ominous premonition.
This blue dye!
It seems to have become more powerful and more terrifying than before!
Chapter 40: Rivals from a hundred years ago reunite! Urahara Kisuke appears! (Old version)
The blue dye on the screen is still under the effect of the Hogyoku.
Keep evolving!
The Hogyoku on Aizen Sosuke’s chest.
At this moment, a thick smoke was emitted.
Wrap the blue dye in it.
At this time, Aizen, who was wrapped in smoke, said slowly:
“Really, the name Bengyu is really well chosen.”
“This is the horizon that separates the gods from the non-gods.”
“The power to destroy everything”
Just as Aizen was sighing at the powerful force that the Hogyoku brought after its evolution.
A red spiritual pressure suddenly penetrated Aizen’s shoulder.
Very fast.
Even the audience in front of the screen didn’t react.
Aizen, who was attacked, slowly turned his head.
“Are you here?”
“Kisuke Urahara”
The scene on the screen changed.
Kisuke Urahara, wearing wooden clogs and a white and green bucket hat.
Suddenly appeared before the audience.
Once again, it surprised the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
Genos: “Has Aizen evolved? I feel the power to destroy everything from him.”
Saitama: “I heard him say that this is the ability brought by the thing called the Collapsing Jade”
Blackbeard: “This Broken Jade is really a good thing. If I get it…hahahaha”
Zoro: “A new character has appeared. Who is this person wearing a hat?”
Sanji: “Look at his attire, he looks like an ordinary person.”
Tanjiro Kamado: “His attack actually hurt Aizen, so his strength must not be underestimated.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “It is worth noting that the attack was on the evolved Aizen!”
Yuji Itadori: “Why are all the people in this world so weird, yet so powerful that it’s outrageous?”
Luffy: “The situation on the field is now three to two.”
As the comment section on the screen is constantly refreshed with the audience’s comments.
The people in the world of death were even more surprised.
The appearance of Kurosaki Isshin just now surprised them beyond belief.
At this time, a person they did not expect appeared.
Kisuke Urahara! ?
You know, in that incident a hundred years ago.
Urahara Kisuke has been exiled to the human world.
He actually appeared here at this time?
What on earth happened?
Is it all a conspiracy?
Did it start from that time?
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at Kisuke Urahara who appeared on the screen.
I was also surprised at this time.
Originally the captain of the 12th Division.
Kisuke Urahara, who was also the first director of the Technical Development Bureau.
He had been exiled to the human world because of the incident involving Hirako Mako.
He has long been out of touch.
At this moment, he appeared in this place.
It’s incredible.
Could it be that Urahara Kisuke also knew the inside story about Aizen’s rebellion?
Just as everyone in front of the screen was discussing and speculating.
The images on the screen began to change.
Urahara Kisuke suddenly appeared and greeted Aizen:
“Long time no see, Aizen”
Aizen turned around and replied:
“Haven’t seen you for a hundred years?”
“I won’t give up until I reach the Yellow River. It doesn’t matter whether you give up or not, it doesn’t matter to me.”
“Because you have…”
Aizen Sosuke hadn’t finished speaking yet.
He moved in an instant.
He had already arrived in front of Urahara Kisuke.
The sword in his hand had already penetrated Urahara Kisuke’s body.
At this time, Aizen slowly opened his mouth and finished his words:
“You have lost the opportunity to control the broken jade forever.”
The words have been spoken.
In front of him was Urahara Kisuke, whose body was pierced.
His body swelled up like a balloon and exploded.
And then Urahara Kisuke appeared behind Aizen.
He placed his hand on Aizen Sosuke’s body and activated his ability.
Six-rod light prison!
This scene shocked the audience from all over the world.
Who is this Urahara Kisuke who suddenly appears?
Aizen’s lightning-fast attack did not kill him.
It seems that this person’s strength is also very terrifying.
At this time, Aizen Sosuke, who was trapped by Urahara Kisuke, smiled.
“Now I let you use this petty trick. I was careless.”
“And what do you want to do to me if you only tie me up with this level of restraint?”
Hearing what Aizen Sosuke said.
Yuji Itadori: “Is such a powerful binding technique just a trifle in Aizen’s eyes?”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Until now, Aizen has not fully demonstrated his full strength!”
Tornado: “Is this the strongest villain? He’s so terrifying!”
Genos: “If the destructive power I felt from Pain before was that kind of shocking”
Genos: “The feeling I get from Aizen Sosuke is that he is almost invincible and has an unfathomable sense of oppression.”
Just when the audience of all worlds was still marveling at the power of Aizen Sosuke.
After listening to Aizen’s words, Urahara Kisuke…
He replied in a low voice:
“That’s the extent of the bondage technique. How can you feel that it’s only this extent?”
A terrifying pressure burst out from Urahara Kisuke’s body.
And see the next screen that appears.
The audience in front of the screen finally understood the meaning of Kisuke Urahara’s words!
Chapter 41: What!? Ignore the 90th Kidō! Aizen evolves again! (Old version)
On the screen, Kisuke Urahara instantly performed multiple binding techniques in succession.
“The Sixty-third Way of Binding: Chain Binding”
“The Seventy-Nine Ways of Binding, Nine Lights Binding”
Several beams of light appeared on Aizen’s body again.
He was bound firmly in place.
And black balls filled with spiritual pressure appeared around the body.
And as Urahara Kisuke slowly chanted.
At this time, Aizen already understood what Urahara Kisuke wanted to do.
At this moment, the pupils were also slightly startled.
Aizen Sosuke said seriously:
“Do you think I’ll let you use this ghost technique? This kind of technique!”
Urahara Kisuke shouted in a low voice:
“Too late! The Ninety-first Breaking Path, the Thousand-Handed Bright Sky Cannon!”
As Urahara Kisuke’s moves were ready.
Dozens of light balls condensed from the air.
All the light balls rushed towards Aizen in an instant.
A moment.
When the light ball collided with Aizen, an extremely dazzling light burst out.
The audience in front of the screen couldn’t open their eyes.
Audiences from all over the world watching this scene exclaimed in amazement.
Boros: “Even Aizen is afraid of the power of this move?”
Hashibira Inosuke: “Will this Aizen die from being hit?”
Zhang Chulan: “This guy with the fisherman’s hat is so fierce”
Genos: “I can’t believe this is also a super strong man.”
Just when the audience’s discussion had not yet ended.
At this moment, an incredible scene appeared on the screen again.
Aizen was at the center of that huge explosion just now.
After the smoke caused by the explosion dissipated.
Disappeared! ?
Looking at the disappearing Aizen.
Urahara Kisuke believed that Aizen was already dead at this time.
Looking at the empty space ahead, he said:
“Aizen, it seems that you have really become careless since you obtained the power of the Hogyoku.”
But suddenly a familiar voice sounded behind me.
“You are right.”
The sudden sound made him jump.
Urahara Kisuke’s eyes widened instantly.
Turned around and looked.
Aizen, with half a mask on his face, suddenly appeared in front of him.
Then he swung his sword at Urahara Kisuke.
All this.
It’s a long story.
But it all happened in a flash.
Urahara Kisuke was unable to dodge.
Was hit by this knife.
A column of blood gushed out.
Aizen, who has evolved through the Hogyoku, said slowly:
“It doesn’t matter if you are careless, because you don’t need to be vigilant anymore.”
“The Hogyoku has given me power far beyond anything I’ve ever had in Soul Society. No one can match me now.”
“I don’t even need to hide from the number 90 ghost path anymore.”
The entire Soul Society was shocked!
Byakuya Kuchiki stared blankly at Aizen on the screen.
I saw that he evolved into another realm under the power of Beng Yu.
But even more terrifying were the words he said.
There is no need to avoid even the number 90 ghost path!
The 90th Kidō has a strength comparable to that of an ordinary Bankai or even higher.
How powerful is Aizen now?
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni looked at the screen in the sky with a serious expression.
If it is said that Aizen’s previous combat power was still within the range that Shigekuni could confidently deal with.
Aizen at this time.
Even Soul Society’s strongest fighter, Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni, found this extremely difficult.
How terrifying Aizen was at this moment.
When Aizen finished speaking.
Urahara Kisuke also said in a deep voice:
“I said you were careless because if it was you in the past…”
“There’s no way you’re going to let me touch you twice without any preparation!”
Then the scene changed.
Two sealing circles suddenly appeared on Aizen’s hands.
It turned out to be the first time he fought with Urahara Kisuke.
He placed a seal on Aizen’s hand.
And after two encounters.
He has sealed the outlet of spiritual pressure that all the Shinigami have on their hands.
This means.
The sealed person will be affected by his own spiritual pressure from within his body.
Burn out!
At the same time, the blue dye on the screen began to change.
Powerful spiritual pressure continued to gather in his body.
But there was no release.
As the spiritual pressure becomes more and more, it becomes stronger and stronger.
The blue dye in the sky is like a bomb about to explode!
Just when Aizen’s spiritual pressure had reached its peak.
An extremely dazzling light burst out from his body.
Aizen was engulfed in the dazzling white light.
The light in the sky took a long time to dissipate.
Everyone on the ground was staring at the sky in a daze.
Just when everyone was still wondering whether Aizen had been defeated.
The scene that makes people’s scalps tingle appeared again.
I saw a person slowly walking out from the dazzling white light in the sky.
It turned out to be Aizen who had evolved again!
Evolution at every turn.
How can you let others beat you?
The suffocating feeling brought by the strongest villain.
This is fully displayed by Aizen.
Just when the audience was wondering how powerful Aizen would be after he evolved again.
Shihouin Yoruichi.
It actually appeared at this moment!
Chapter 42: Three masters fight against Aizen! They are killed instantly!? (Old version)
On the screen, Yoruichi Shihouin fell from the sky.
Bombarded towards Aizen.
After a fierce attack.
The surrounding buildings were destroyed as well.
The field was covered with dust.
Wait until the dust settles.
Aizen appeared in front of everyone unharmed.
An extremely terrifying aura emanated from him.
At this time, Aizen’s appearance has changed.
The whole body is wrapped in white clothes.
It gives people a sense of religious ritual.
The strange attire adds a bit of Aizen’s mysterious temperament.
Facing the three top players on the field at this time.
Aizen moves! .
Aizen raised his hand and swung out a spiritual pressure.
He knocked Shifengyuan Yoruichi flying backwards.
In a flash, he drew his sword and fought against Urahara Kisuke.
The three masters joined forces to attack Aizen.
A terrifying spiritual pressure burst out from Aizen.
The three masters were immediately knocked away by this sudden force!
Audiences from all over the world watched this scene.
Start sending barrages of comments crazily in the comment section.
Sanji: “Three against one, and they are still being suppressed by Aizen!”
Garou: “This Aizen is too cruel”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Is there anyone who can punish him?”
Bone King: “Sure enough, all the villains on the list are amazing.”
Tanjiro Kamado: “It’s hard to imagine what a disaster it would be if someone as powerful as Aizen came to our world.”
Boros: “In my mind, Aizen Sosuke is already the highest ranked opponent.”
Not just the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
Everyone in the world of death was shocked.
Captain Kurosaki Isshin and Captain Urahara Kisuke.
Captain Yoruichi Shihouin.
Any one of these three people is a powerful person who can shock a region.
But with the joint efforts of three people.
He was actually suppressed by Aizen so easily.
About Aizen Sosuke.
Invincibility is the only thought that remains in their minds now.
Urahara Kisuke looked at the scene on the screen where three people were fighting Aizen.
He frowned and said:
“I never thought that after fusing with the Hogyoku, Aizen could evolve again and again.”
“And every time it evolves, it becomes several times stronger than before.”
“Even with Yoruichi and Isshin working together, they couldn’t defeat him.”
Urahara Kisuke decided to protect the Hogyoku at all costs.
We must not let Aizen get it.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni looked at the evolved Aizen on the screen.
So the conspiracy over the past century was all for this broken jade?
However, this broken jade can actually make the host stronger again and again.
A long time ago, there was news that Urahara Kisuke created something called Hogyoku.
I didn’t delve into it at that time.
It seems that it is now necessary to recall Urahara Kisuke from the human world.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni asked Kenpachi Zaraki to come to the human world.
Bring back Urahara Kisuke.
Abarai Renji was concentrating on watching the battle on the screen.
Looking at Yoruichi Shihouin who appeared on the screen.
Kisuke Urahara and Isshin Kurosaki.
My heart is full of longing.
These three were all powerful and famous gods of death.
But now everything is happening on the screen.
But it made him feel desperate.
The captain-general was defeated by Aizen’s scheme.
Even these three powerful Shinigami combined could not defeat Aizen.
Even such a powerful person like Aizen is still an enemy of Soul Society.
What should I do next?
Abarai Renji couldn’t help but feel a little desperate when he thought of this.
The people in front of the screen were outnumbered against Aizen Sosuke.
When heated discussions began.
The three of them each used their special moves against Aizen.
After Kurosaki Isshin used Getsuga Tensho.
The screen once again burst into dazzling light.
Urahara Kisuke who was beside him jumped in front of Isshin and asked:
“how’s it going?”
Kurosaki Isshin said very seriously:
“I don’t know, after changing into that form.”
“Aizen’s spiritual pressure is completely unreadable, it’s so powerful that it’s terrifying”
“But when I slashed, it felt like there was nothing there.”
“How creepy! We are no longer on the same level as him.”
Just when Kurosaki Isshin had finished speaking.
Aizen Sosuke appeared again with that suffocating feeling of oppression!
“Now, it’s time for you to feel my power!”
Aizen Sosuke finished speaking.
A very destructive force suddenly struck.
One move!
It only took one move.
Even the audience in front of the screen hadn’t reacted yet.
The three of them were defeated directly!
See here.
All the audience in front of the screen were stunned.
Now the blue dye.
He defeated three powerful men with just one move.
Aizen’s Reiatsu.
It’s so horrible that it’s beyond comprehension.
At this time, Aizen defeated the three people.
Don’t even look at them again.
He and Gin Ichimaru opened the gate and set off for Soul Society.
But a scene happened in the gate.
It stunned everyone in front of the screen!
盘点综漫恐怖级反派，主角吓尿了
第四十三章：断界清道夫拘突被蓝染用灵压秒杀了！？（旧版）
一百零二亩田
同人 |
动漫
设置
瀑布
从本章开始听
随着穿界门缓缓开启。
蓝染和市丸银走了进去。
刚走了几步路就听到一阵鸣叫声。
形象酷似火车的拘突蓦然间朝着两人轰鸣而来。
拘突，作为断界中七天出现一次的清道夫。
并且不靠灵压生存。
出现的时候会消灭一切挡在其运行轨道上面的物质。
对于死神来说。
像拘突这种东西完全一点办法没有。
只能避开着走。
此时市丸银就是这样的想法。
“哎呀，拘突吗？不好不好，我们走吧，蓝染队长”
市丸银眯着眼转头对蓝染说道。
可蓝染在听到这话之后。
不但没走。
竟然还往后凑了过去。
看到蓝染的异样市丸银忍不住催促道：
“蓝染队长，我们快走吧”
“那可是完全遵循法则，和灵压无关的存在啊”
“靠灵压是根本无法左右的…”
市丸银说的也没错。
毕竟死神拿拘突是一点办法没有。
可下一秒。
就连眯眯眼的市丸银都瞪大了双眼。
只见拘突即将撞上蓝染惣右介时。
一场巨大的爆炸点亮了断界黑暗的空间。
待到光芒消散之后。
拥有巨大身躯的拘突已经完全消失不见。
只剩下一寸寸断裂的脊骨。
就连市丸银也忍不住咽了一口唾沫。
而此刻。
屏幕前的万界观众不知道拘突是什么东西。
只是对蓝染将其秒杀而感到惊诧。
但在死神世界中。
可谓掀起了滔天巨浪。
现世。
浦原喜助的杂货店。
朽木露琪亚看见屏幕上的蓝染。
竟然用灵压将其秒杀了。
已经惊讶的说不出话来了。
而浦原喜助也瞪大了双眼。
许久之后才从这份震惊中缓过神来。
然后浦原喜助缓缓说道：
“这拘突，本来就是规则衍生出来的东西”
“按常理来说，死神应该拿拘突没有丝毫办法”
“可蓝染竟然凭借灵压就杀死了拘突？这已经超出了我对世界的认知了”
而此时尸魂界的众人也在纷纷议论。
更木剑八看着将拘突秒杀了的蓝染。
顿时都愣在了原地。
拘突本就是断界特殊规则下的产物。
本就不受灵压的影响。
可蓝染竟然用灵压将拘突杀死了？
这太扯淡了吧！
更木剑八宁愿相信现在自己是在做梦。
也不愿意相信这一幕是真的。
日番谷冬狮望着屏幕上出现的这不可思议的一幕。
额头上竟然渗出了一滴冷汗。
现在的蓝染到底已经强大到何种地步了？
连拘突都能杀死。
这意味着蓝染此时的实力已经超越了规则吗？
朽木白哉也惊讶的看着屏幕上发生的这一幕。
拘突也能被灵压杀死？
在他眼中这已经是超越常识的事件了。
就像别人告诉你。
水烧开了有毒。
一样的不合理。
而就是在这种情况下。
蓝染不仅做到了。
还用灵压把它秒杀了。
那蓝染惣右介现在到底是个多么恐怖的怪物？
看到蓝染将拘突瞬间秒杀的万界观众也十分震惊。
在屏幕上的聊天区纷纷再次展开了激烈讨论。
饿狼：“那个看起来像火车一样的怪物是什么啊？”
杰诺斯：“看到他们世界的人谈论好像叫做拘突”
我妻善逸：“看起来那么可怕，居然被蓝染直接秒杀了”
索隆：“蓝染现在到底有多强？”
五条悟：“从目前看来，这个蓝染，已经是近乎无敌的存在了。”
骨王：“实在是不可思议，即使盘点已经进行到这个时候了，我们仍然不知道蓝染的全部实力”
鬼舞辻无惨“现在蓝染的实力，越来越捉摸不透了”
波罗斯：“这么强大的蓝染，我该如何才能找到你”
虎杖悠仁：“这可能就是盘点系列中的最强的反派了吧！”
就在屏幕前的万界观众纷纷议论的同时
屏幕上面的画面也开始转变。
蓝染与市丸银来到了尸魂界。
而此时。
这里才是现世真正的空座町。
就在观众们还在疑惑此时的蓝染接下来会有什么动作的时候。
异变突生！
屏幕画面上的蓝染。
竟然被市丸银贯穿了胸膛！
这到底发生了什么事？
蓝染会就此死去吗？
此时一大堆的疑问。
在屏幕前的万界观众脑海里久久不能消散。
而接下来。
屏幕上再次出现的画面。
顿时让观众们恍然大悟。
读书三件事：阅读，收藏，加打赏！
自动订阅最新章节
APP听书(免费)
精品有声·人气声优·离线畅听
活动注册飞卢会员赠200点券！[立即注册]Chapter 44: Death God’s Infernal Affairs!? Ichimaru Gin actually forced Aizen into a desperate situation! (Old version)
On the screen, Gin Ichimaru was looking at Sosuke Aizen who was covering the wound on his chest.
Then he began to explain slowly:
“The only way to escape the mirror image”
“It’s to touch the blade before the full hypnosis takes effect.”
“It took me more than ten years to ask this question.”
“No one in the Gotei 13 knew about this.”
“Everyone is eager to kill Captain Aizen.”
“But I am the only one who can kill Captain Aizen.”
Hearing what Gin Ichimaru said.
The audience in front of the screen suddenly realized what was going on.
Aizen is an undercover agent lurking in the Soul Society.
Gin Ichimaru is an undercover agent lurking beside Aizen.
Oh shit.
Isn’t this Mission Impossible!
They couldn’t help but start complaining in the discussion section of the screen.
Zhang Chulan: “Isn’t this just playing Infernal Affairs?”
Wang Ye: “My goodness, it seems that there is no easy person in the world of death.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Since I can break Aizen’s mirror flower and water moon, it’s not surprising that I can kill him.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “After all, he has been with Aizen for such a long time”
Usopp: “This Ichimaru Gin is really patient. He actually showed up at this time.”
Zoro: “It seems that Ichimaru Gin has completely grasped Aizen’s weakness”
Genos: “Is this the end of the strongest villain, Aizen Sosuke?”
Saitama: “It’s hard to say. Aizen may not have fully revealed his trump card yet.”
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were discussing this matter.
Aizen will be backstabbed.
This is totally unexpected.
Before, Aizen’s subordinates were even willing to sacrifice their lives for him.
In the eyes of the audience, Aizen’s subordinates should be very loyal.
No one would have thought of it.
The one who betrayed Aizen was actually Gin Ichimaru, who was closest to him.
Everyone in Soul Society in front of the screen is now also surprised.
Hitsugaya Toushirou watched this scene.
The big mouth can’t speak.
At the beginning, the screen in the sky began to count the blue dye.
Ichimaru Gin had already disappeared.
In Hitsugaya Toushirou’s judgment.
It is even possible that Ichimaru Gin bewitched Aizen.
I didn’t expect things to turn out this way.
At this time, Hitsugaya Toshiro not only felt sorry for misunderstanding Gin Ichimaru.
I also admire him for being able to lurk around Aizen for so long.
Matsumoto Rangiku, who had grown up with Ichimaru Gin, was watching the scene on the screen.
She suddenly understood everything.
After his spiritual power was taken away by Aizen.
Gin Ichimaru became Aizen’s subordinate.
At this time, Matsumoto Rangiku had begun to worry about Ichimaru Gin.
“Yin…why would you do such a dangerous thing alone…”
Just as every world was surprised by Ichimaru Gin’s betrayal.
In the video, Aizen covered his chest which was pierced by Ichimaru Gin.
Donations of blood continue to pour out of it.
But in this situation, Aizen Sosuke.
His expression was still as elegant and calm as before.
Looking at Aizen like this.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen couldn’t help but sigh.
As expected, he is the strongest villain Aizen Sosuke.
In this critical situation, he remained calm as always.
Aizen Sosuke in the video said slowly and unhurriedly:
“I already knew your purpose, but I still kept you by my side.”
“Because I’m very interested in how you plan to kill me.”
“But I’m sorry, Yin, do you think you can kill me at this level?”
After listening to what Aizen Sosuke said.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen immediately started a heated discussion.
Sanji: “What!? Even Ichimaru Gin’s betrayal was within Aizen’s control?”
Zhang Chulan: “If you say Aizen is not the screenwriter, I don’t believe it”
Boros: “I knew that the other party wanted to kill me, but I still stayed by his side.”
Boros: “This Aizen Sosuke is really confident in his own abilities.”
In the video, Gin Ichimaru did not refute Aizen’s words.
Instead, he echoed:
“I didn’t think I could kill you like this.”
“See? There’s a small gap here.”
Gin Ichimaru picked up his Zanpakutō.
He pointed his finger at the blade and said.
The audience in front of the screen looked in the direction where he pointed.
There was indeed a diamond-shaped notch in the blade.
But what is the use of this gap?
Just when the audience was confused.
Ichimaru Gin slowly explained:
“Just now, I left him in Captain Aizen’s body.”
After hearing what Gin Ichimaru said.
Aizen, who is always elegant and calm.
Suddenly it seemed as if he had thought of something.
At this moment, he actually showed a look of surprise.
And he was shocked:
“What!?”
And then there was Ichimaru Gin’s next explanation.
Everyone in front of the screen dropped their jaws.
Chapter 45: On the verge of death and evolving into the ultimate form! The strongest villain is so terrifying! (Old version)
Ichimaru Gin on the screen looked at Aizen Sosuke in front of him and said slowly:
“I have told you about my Bankai ability before.”
“I’m sorry I lied.”
“My Bankai ability is not just about extension and retraction as I said before.”
“The inner wall of the blade contains a deadly toxin that can dissolve cells.”
After saying this, Ichimaru Gin looked at Aizen Sosuke in front of him and said slowly again:
“After I pierced your chest just now, a piece of it remained in Captain Aizen’s heart.”
After the audience in front of the screen listened to Ichimaru Gin’s explanation.
They all exclaimed.
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “This guy, Ichimaru Gin, is so thoughtful.”
Yuji Itadori: “It looks like Aizen is in real danger now”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Humph, Aizen is still too arrogant after all”
Sanji: “Then it should be over now.”
Gojo Satoru: “This kind of poison that stays in the heart will be a fatal injury even if Aizen is very powerful.”
The comment section on the screen was constantly refreshing with barrages of comments.
Gin Ichimaru also walked up to Aizen.
Prepare to use the final killing move to end his life.
“Shoot him, God-killing gun!”
After Ichimaru Gin recited the release words of his Bankai ability.
Suddenly a blue light appeared on the screen.
At this time, Ichimaru Gin, who had won the victory, narrowed his eyes and slowly said to Aizen:
“Dying with a hole in your chest is what you wished for, right?”
As Ichimaru Gin’s words fell.
The strongest villain, Aizen Sosuke, slowly fell down.
On his upper body.
A huge hole was opened!
Obviously.
It’s already dead and can’t die anymore.
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were boiling with excitement.
“Am I seeing this correctly? Aizen is dead!?”
“With such a big hole through his body, he must be dead beyond death.”
“Aizen is the strongest villain in this roundup, how could he die just like that?”
“This shows that Aizen underestimated his enemy.”
“Is this considered a comeback for Gin Ichimaru?”
“I haven’t watched it till the end, so I won’t comment yet.”
“From what you said, could it be possible that Aizen has a reversal?”
“There is definitely no reversal. With such a fatal injury, no one can survive.”
The audience in front of the screen started a heated debate when they saw this scene.
Aizen Sosuke displayed such unfathomable strength.
How could he be ambushed and killed at the last moment?
That’s too frustrating!
But while the audience in front of the screen were still arguing.
Video screen.
Suddenly turn.
I saw Gin Ichimaru hiding in an alley, panting.
The object in his hand turned out to be the Hogyoku from Aizen’s body.
Hold the broken jade in your hand.
Ichimaru Gin slowly breathed a sigh of relief.
“This is how it all ends”
An aura so powerful that it made one’s scalp tingle suddenly appeared.
Ichimaru Gin was suddenly shocked.
At the same time, a roar that resounded through the sky was heard in my ears.
Listen to the sound.
It turned out to be Aizen who had just fallen to the ground!
As the picture on the screen rotates.
Aizen, who had just been lying on the ground, actually sat up at this moment.
The fatal wound on the chest.
It actually began to recover at a speed visible to the naked eye!
A burst of purple light that pierced the sky burst out from Aizen’s body.
The pupils of all the audience in front of the screen suddenly shrank.
Aizen has evolved again!
At this time, I saw Aizen Sosuke.
Her long brown hair fluttered in the wind.
A pair of butterfly wings also grew out from its back.
See Aizen at this time.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen exclaimed again.
Zoro: “The oppressive feeling that Aizen exudes now can no longer be described as terrifying.”
Tanjiro Kamado: “Every time he reaches a desperate situation, Aizen becomes stronger than before.”
Bone King: “This is really too unbelievable.”
Zhang Chulan: “Why does it feel a bit like a big fluttering moth?”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Is this the true strength of the strongest villain?”
And with the exclamations of the people in front of the screen.
In the video, Aizen said:
“I won, Yin, you took away the Broken Jade”
“Even if it’s not in my body, it’s mine.”
Aizen suddenly appeared next to Ichimaru Gin.
A sword pierced his body completely.
Then Aizen Sosuke said:
“Thank you, Gin, I have finally become a being that transcends the God of Death and the Hollow.”
Hearing what Aizen said at this moment.
Everyone in Soul Society was horrified.
At this time, no one could feel the spiritual pressure emitted by Aizen anymore.
This means that Aizen is not on the same level as them.
And just when everyone was still speculating about Aizen’s strength after his evolution.
The picture on the screen began to change again!
Chapter 46: The strongest villain Aizen’s story ends perfectly, and the rewards are distributed to shock everyone! (Old version)
Looking at Aizen Sosuke’s ultimate form on the screen.
Everyone in Soul Society immediately started talking about it.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni looked at Aizen on the screen.
Even the calm and composed Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni’s pupils shrank.
For Aizen, who is currently showing his ultimate form.
Even Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni, who carries the strongest fighting force.
I felt that Aizen’s spiritual pressure was intermittent.
“Where will the future of Soul Society go?”
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni sighed.
There was a look of worry on his face.
Kenpachi Zaraki looked at Aizen who was now in his ultimate form.
I couldn’t even think of fighting him.
His subconscious told him that Aizen was full of danger at this moment.
“Damn it, this guy is actually this powerful!”
Kenpachi Zaraki said angrily:
Kenpachi Zaraki felt this emotion in his heart.
This emotion made him feel ashamed as a warrior.
At this time, Abarai Renji was completely speechless after seeing the ultimate form of Aizen.
An almost tangible pressure suddenly emerged from the screen.
Abarai Renji’s mind went blank.
Although the scenes in the video have not yet happened in reality.
But if this day comes.
Facing such a powerful Aizen.
So what should they do?
Urahara Kisuke looked at the ultimate form of Aizen on the screen.
The pupils suddenly froze.
Murmured:
“The Hogyoku, which has its own self-awareness, actually chose to submit to Aizen Sosuke.”
“Aizen is now immortal.”
Looking at Urahara Kisuke who was staring blankly at the screen beside him.
Kuchiki Rukia asked:
“So now in this form of Aizen, do we have a way to defeat him?”
Urahara Kisuke just shook his head and said:
“It is impossible to defeat him now. The best we can do is to seal him up.”
He is the most intelligent person in Soul Society at this moment.
I also feel helpless about the ultimate form of Aizen I saw on the screen.
And at this moment, the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
They also expressed admiration for Aizen Sosuke’s performance.
In the vast universe.
A spaceship is sailing slowly.
Boros sat on the throne of the spaceship.
Looking at the screen, Aizen said excitedly:
“Hahaha, the strength displayed by this Aizen Sosuke really makes me happy.”
“If I could go to your world, I would definitely fight you.”
Golyuganshop thought awkwardly as he looked at the excited Boros.
This Aizen Sosuke is so strong that he is invincible.
Can the boss beat him…
Demon destroys the world.
Muzan Kibutsuji who has always been arrogant and looked down on others.
At this moment, he was actually confident in the strength displayed by Aizen Sosuke.
“Humph, this Aizen Sosuke is indeed quite powerful.”
“If I meet him, I may not lose to him”
Kaido, the most powerful creature.
He felt more excited than ever before.
I have tried to commit suicide many times but to no avail.
But the powerful strength displayed by Aizen on the screen.
Make him feel.
This is the strongest villain named Aizen Sosuke.
Maybe it could actually kill him.
“Hahahaha, the world of the God of Death is so interesting. I really want to come to your world and take a look.”
Just as everyone was looking at the ultimate form of Aizen on the screen and were impressed by his power.
The video on the screen slowly stopped playing.
After a while.
The screen turned black.
And the audience from all over the world who have already experienced an inventory.
An inventory of this powerful villain, Sosuke Aizen.
Is it about to end?
The next scene that appeared on the screen confirmed their guess.
Subtitles began to appear on the screen.
[Second place: Aizen Sosuke series]The Aizen Sosuke inventory series also came to a perfect end.
The rewards that will be distributed next.
This is the most anticipated part.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen also had a heated discussion.
Tornado: “What will the reward be this time?”
Usopp: “This Aizen Sosuke is already so invincible, and it is unimaginable that he will receive a reward from the Creator.”
Yuji Itadori: “But this Aizen Sosuke is really powerful.”
Sanji: “Not only is he extremely powerful, he is also extremely elegant”
Nami: “If I could vote for these villains, I would definitely vote for Aizen”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “I am really looking forward to the rewards that will be distributed next.”
Just as the audience in front of the screen was talking about it.
on the screen.
The reward that the audience is most looking forward to.
The distribution has officially started now!
Chapter 47: Inventory rewards are distributed! Even the inventor Li Fan was stunned! (Old version)
“Top Ten Horror Villains”
“The Aizen Sosuke chapter has ended perfectly”
“At this moment, the precious rewards for those who are counted will be distributed!”
Li Fan’s voice was full of holiness and majesty.
Once again, it echoed in the minds of all the audiences in front of the screen.
Suddenly, the audience from all over the world in front of the screen burst into loud applause.
Yuji Itadori: “It’s finally here. What will the reward be this time?”
Allen: “For Aizen Sosuke, what other rewards does he look forward to?”
Usopp: “I wish this reward was mine”
Sakata Gintoki: “When will you take stock of me, take stock of the Creator?”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Last time we finished the inventory, you were the one who kept asking me to take inventory of you, right?”
Sakata Gintoki: “Is there?”
Zhang Chulan: “Aizen is so amazing, why don’t I take the reward for him?”
Sanji: “Then you really don’t know how to shake the lotus.”
Zoro: “Haha, why don’t you ask him if he agrees?”
Emotions were ignited by the upcoming rewards.
And the person involved is Sosuke Aizen.
At this moment, we are in Hueco Mundo.
Still the same pair of black-framed glasses.
Makes people feel approachable.
This is compared to the previous appearance of Aizen on screen.
It shows a great sense of contrast.
Aizen Sosuke looked at the screen thoughtfully.
Originally, my plan should have been perfect.
If he continues normally, he will be as invincible as seen in the video.
This screen suddenly appeared in the sky before the plan even started.
At this moment, his plan was exposed before it was implemented.
This made him feel very upset.
But Li Fan’s words came to my mind.
It also gave him unlimited hope.
He slowly took off his glasses and said softly:
“What kind of reward will it be?”
Li Fan looked at the comments from the audience on the screen.
He was very satisfied with the expectations shown by the audience from all over the world.
Then he summoned the system console.
After a while of operation.
The screen in the sky of all worlds began to slowly emit golden light.
And under Li Fan’s control.
The image on the screen began to connect with the image of Aizen in Hueco Mundo.
Looking at Aizen at this time, he was wearing black-framed glasses.
He looks very approachable.
Audiences from all over the world started to complain.
Zhang Chulan: “Seeing him like this, who could have guessed that this is the strongest villain Aizen?”
Hisoka: “No wonder Aizen was able to lurk around those people in Soul Society for so long.”
Light Yagami: “It turns out that you can’t judge a person by his appearance.”
Bone King: “They are two completely different people”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Is this the power of hairstyle?”
Nami: “Aizen looks so handsome at this time, I like him too.”
Sanji: “I’ll get this hairstyle right away, Nami-chan!”
The rewards have also officially begun to be distributed.
The golden light on the screen slowly poured into Aizen’s body.
A sacred and majestic voice sounded in Aizen’s mind.
[Congratulations to the person being reviewed: Aizen Sosuke][Reward: Fusion of the final form of Collapse Jade]Even Aizen Sosuke himself was stunned.
Before, the plan was exposed ahead of time.
Aizen was upset at not being able to obtain the Hogyoku.
I felt a burst of ecstasy at this moment.
Aizen, who is always calm, composed and at peace.
An extremely rare gaffe.
But he soon calmed down again.
The ability of this inventory creator is truly terrifying.
Not only can it show future events directly on that weird screen.
It actually allowed me to gain the abilities after fusing with the Broken Jade out of thin air.
Even Aizen found it unbelievable.
Just when Aizen was still shocked.
The golden light emanating from the screen had all been injected into his body.
As the golden light slowly dissipated.
Blue dye on the screen.
Suddenly, an extremely terrifying feeling of oppression emanated.
When he appeared in front of the audience again.
Already had long brown hair.
A pair of butterfly wings grew on his body.
Exactly the same as when we last saw him in the video.
At this moment, he exuded the aura of a strong man who looked down on the world.
The sense of oppression it exudes seems to be overflowing from the screen.
Just like the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
Li Fan was also very much looking forward to what the reward would be this time.
Thinking back to the last time Payne’s inventory was finished.
He was already shocked by the rewards the system gave to the inventory takers.
This time, Aizen Sosuke displayed such terrifying strength.
Wouldn’t the rewards have to go up a few levels as well?
Just when he was full of expectations.
The system’s voice rang in his ears.
This time’s reward.
Even Li Fan couldn’t sit still!
Chapter 48: The third round of review begins, and the world exclaims that it is another ninja? (Old version)
The familiar system voice sounded in Li Fan’s mind.
【Congratulations to the inventor for the successful inventory! 】
[Rewards: Soul King Form, Yhwach’s Power, Zanpakutō Ichimonji]Li Fan was stunned for a moment.
How powerful is the final form of the fused Collapse Jade.
This has been fully reflected in Aizen.
And the Soul King form is a power that even Aizen doesn’t possess!
In Li Fan’s impression.
What kind of existence is the Spirit King?
He is the supreme god who rules over the three realms.
And possesses the ability of omniscience and omnipotence.
That is to say.
A true God.
The remaining two abilities are even more outrageous.
The power of Youhabach can have soul sharing.
And the ability to take away the power and soul of others.
Even able to achieve immortality!
Zanpakuto Ichimonji is the ancestor of all Zanpakuto.
Possess the power to control the names of all things in the world!
See these amazing rewards right before your eyes.
Even the inventory taker Li Fan was extremely excited at this moment.
As the rewards begin to be distributed.
A gentle force began to flow into Li Fan’s body.
As power is slowly injected.
Li Fan actually saw the broken jade emitting blue light in his body.
And his eyes also became omniscient and omnipotent eyes.
As Li Fan’s mind moved.
Li Fan held in his hand a huge Zanpakuto that looked like a brush.
At this time, Li Fan couldn’t wait to try out his new ability.
Looking at the basketball in the corner of the room.
A bold idea emerged in Li Fan’s mind.
Li Fan shouted:
“Dye it black! Ichimonji”
Then Li Fan wrote the word “chicken” on the basketball.
A shocking scene appeared.
Only a “cluck, cluck” sound was heard.
That basketball in the corner.
It turned into a two and a half year old hen!
This made Li Fan sigh at the power of the word in his hand.
At the end of the last inventory, I obtained the Six Paths Sage Mode.
This time, the final form of Collapsing Jade was obtained.
There is also the power of Yhwach and Zanpakutō Ichimonji.
All this made Li Fan feel like a dream.
The world of death was in turmoil.
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni frowned and looked at the people discussing.
The members of the Gotei 13 are currently discussing how to deal with Aizen after he merged with the Hogyoku.
Kenpachi Zaraki spoke first:
“Since this battle is inevitable sooner or later, let the fighting come sooner.”
Kuchiki Byakuya analyzed in a deep voice:
“From what I saw on the screen earlier, Aizen’s ultimate goal is to reach the Soul King Palace and kill the Soul King.”
“With his current strength, we can only stop him by mobilizing all our forces.”
“As for Captain Kurosaki Isshin and Captain Urahara Kisuke, we should also call them back to Soul Society.”
Hitsugaya Toushirou echoed:
“With the addition of these two captains, our chances of winning will increase a bit.”
“After all, through the previous screen images, we have a general understanding of Aizen’s abilities.”
“Captain Hirako Mako can also unite”
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni listened to the plan discussed by everyone.
Still showing a worried expression.
However, the image of an orange-haired boy appeared in his mind.
Perhaps that boy is the hope for saving Soul Society.
While everyone was still arguing fiercely.
Aizen Sosuke directly obtained the final form of the fused Hogyoku.
He actually appeared in front of Ichigo Kurosaki who was in the present world.
At this time, Ichigo Kurosaki looked at Aizen in front of him with a confused look on his face.
He didn’t know why.
This enumerated super villain after gaining such powerful power.
He actually came directly in front of him.
Urahara Kisuke and Kuchiki Rukia looked at him warily.
Looking at the three people in front of him who were facing a formidable enemy.
Aizen looked at Rukia Kuchiki and said slowly:
“I no longer need the broken jade in your body”
“I came here for Ichigo Kurosaki”
When Ichigo Kurosaki heard Aizen say this, his face was full of confusion.
Looking at the puzzled Kurosaki Ichigo, Aizen Sosuke explained:
“I’ve seen you grow up on that screen.”
“But it’s not strong enough.”
“You still have a long way to go before you can become my opponent.”
Having said this, Aizen paused as he stared at Ichigo Kurosaki in front of him.
Then he said:
“I will give you some time to grow. In three years, I will kill the Soul King and destroy Soul Society.”
“I hope that by then, you will be qualified to be my opponent”
Aizen Sosuke disappeared as Kurosaki Ichigo was shocked.
Just when everyone in the world of death had not yet recovered from their shock.
On the screen above the universe.
Subtitles slowly emerged.
【Third place: Uchiha Madara! 】
【Do you want to dance too? 】
Look at the name that appears on the screen.
Everyone in the world exclaimed again!
It’s this Naruto world again?
Chapter 49: Fighting against the Five Coalition Forces Alone, That Man Appears! (Old Version)
Looking at the people on the screen wearing ninja costumes.
Uchiha Madara with long hair.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen exclaimed in surprise.
Genos: “Why is it the Ninja World again?”
Zoro: “Is he a ninja from the same world as that Pein?”
Usopp: “The destructive power displayed by Pain alone is enough to make my scalp tingle.”
Usopp: “Is this guy more terrifying than Pain!?”
Boros: “How many masters are there in this ninja world?”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Humph, I hope your strength is enough to arouse my interest.”
Accompanied by the speculation and expectations of audiences from all over the world in front of the screen.
The video of this inventory has officially started playing.
A piece of land full of flying yellow sand.
At this time, thousands of ninjas gathered.
Viewers heard the characters in the video refer to themselves as the United Ninja Army.
Looking at such a grand scene.
All the beings in front of the screen began to exclaim in surprise.
“Is this a war? This scene is so spectacular.”
“Compared to Payne’s last inventory, this scene is really shocking.”
“But what is this ninja alliance they’re talking about?”
“Is it the union of all ninjas in this world?”
“What on earth are they going to do with so many people joining together?”
“Could it be that this is all related to Uchiha Madara?”
“How is that possible! How can we mobilize so many people to deal with one person?”
“Even someone as powerful as Nagato wouldn’t mobilize such a force, would he?”
And looking at the picture on the screen.
In addition to the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
The most shocked were the people in the Naruto world.
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the scene on the screen in horror.
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “Hasn’t Uchiha Madara been dead for a long time?”
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “Why did you appear in the inventory video again?”
Hatake Kakashi: “Could it be that Impure World Reincarnation is behind this again?”
Aburame Shino: “And the picture on the screen is actually the ninja coalition of the five major countries.”
Sasuke: “What is going on?”
Haruno Sakura: “Unless there is a being that can threaten the five major countries at the same time.”
Haruno Sakura: “It is possible to form a ninja alliance”
Nara Shikamaru: “But this is clearly a review video targeting Uchiha Madara”
Nara Shikamaru: “That means all this is a preparation against Uchiha Madara”
Nara Shikamaru: “How terrifying is this Uchiha Madara…”
Kakashi looked at Shikamaru’s clear analysis and nodded with satisfaction.
He thought the same as Shikamaru.
only.
How powerful is Uchiha Madara?
It takes the combined forces of ninja to deal with it?
Raikage Ai looked at himself on the screen as he became the commander-in-chief of the coalition forces.
A sense of pride rose in my heart.
After all, he is indeed the strongest among the five Kage.
But at the same time I thought of this.
This Uchiha Madara is actually going to mobilize the coalition forces of the five major countries.
This immediately made him gloomy.
He had long heard of the power of the Uchiha clan.
But after all, Uchiha Madara is already dead.
Now look at the screen.
It seems that we are about to fight with the ninja alliance.
What exactly happened here?
Ohnoki was equally astonished when he looked at the scene on the screen.
The Iwagakure Village has always had little communication with other ninja villages.
Basically, we will not participate in joint operations like this.
But even the Iwagakure Village joined in the battle.
Thinking of this, Ohnoki frowned and said:
“It seems that this Uchiha Madara.”
“It also poses a great threat to the Iwagakure Village.”
The fourth Kazekage Rasa.
Looking at the United Ninja Army on the screen.
After searching for a long time, I still couldn’t find my own figure.
But in the position representing the wind shadow.
The person standing was actually Gaara.
He said slowly and solemnly:
“When facing Uchiha Madara”
“Am I no longer in this world?”
“It seems that Gaara has grown to the point where he can stand on his own.”
The reactions of the major hidden villages were different.
As the screen continues to play
The second generation Tsuchikage who was resurrected by the Impure World Reincarnation cast the summoning technique silently.
A white coffin summoned by the Impure World Reincarnation ritual suddenly appeared before the audience.
What happened next was unexpected.
There was a burst of popping sounds.
The white coffin shattered in an instant, raising a cloud of dust.
A terrifying aura that makes one’s scalp tingle.
Suddenly it came out.
Uchiha Madara with a pair of Rinnegan suddenly appeared in front of everyone.
This pair of terrifying Samsara eyes is coupled with a suffocating feeling of oppression.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen widened their eyes.
Uchiha Madara appears!
Chapter 50: The oppressive feeling from Uchiha Dance King, the ninja coalition has been surrounded! (Old version)
Looking at Uchiha Madara who was emitting a suffocating sense of oppression on the screen.
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen were all shocked.
They started discussing heatedly again.
Boros: “The sense of oppression brought by this Uchiha Madara is much stronger than the two people I counted before.”
Bone King: “I can already feel that this person is not on the same level as me.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “This strong sense of oppression even affects me”
Gojo Satoru: “How interesting! I wonder what kind of strength this Uchiha Madara has.”
Bang: “The pressure emanating from this Uchiha Madara has surpassed that of a dragon-level monster.”
Saitama: “If I want to deal with this guy, I have to use my serious series of special moves.”
Zhang Chulan: “The picture clearly shows the ninja coalition besieging Uchiha Madara”
Zhang Chulan: “Why does it look like the ninja coalition is surrounded by Uchiha Madara at this moment?”
Sakata Gintoki: “What a strong sense of oppression…”
I saw Uchiha Madara standing on the stone pillar.
He looked down at the ninja alliance below with a contemptuous attitude.
This feels like…
The ninja coalition below was like a group of ants.
If you are not careful, you might be crushed to death by Uchiha Madara.
Everyone in the Naruto world frowned.
Although I know that Uchiha Madara is extremely powerful.
Can face off against the combined ninja forces led by the Five Kage.
I’m afraid you’ll suffer a lot.
The Second Tsuchikage, who was controlled by Kabuto, said to Uchiha Madara beside him:
“Your Impure World Reincarnation was specially prepared for you.”
“Your power will be stronger than in your prime”
Hearing this, Uchiha Madara turned around and said in a disdainful tone:
“Have you ever seen me in my prime?”
The Second Tsuchikage of the Impure World Reincarnation shook his head and said:
“No, I hope you can let me see the legendary power of Uchiha.”
Just as the Second Tsuchikage finished speaking.
A huge hand made of gravel suddenly attacked Uchiha Madara.
But he easily dodged it by turning around.
Then Uchiha Madara jumped off the stone pillar.
The sky was originally very clear.
At this time, the sky suddenly became cloudy.
A sense of oppression that was almost condensed into substance came over me.
At this time, they were facing the ninja coalition led by Uchiha Madara.
I couldn’t help but swallow.
I even broke out in cold sweat on my back because of the oppressive feeling!
And at this moment, in front of the screen, the audience from all over the world saw it.
The terrifying sense of oppression emanating from Uchiha Madara alone
It actually defeated the thousands of troops composed of the ninja coalition in front!
It wasn’t the ninja coalition that surrounded Uchiha Madara.
But it was Uchiha Madara alone.
Surrounded the entire ninja alliance!
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen couldn’t help but gasp.
Everyone in the Naruto world watched this scene.
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at Uchiha Madara on the screen, who was emitting such a terrifying and oppressive feeling.
I was shocked by the scene.
A drop of cold sweat actually flowed down his forehead.
Sarutobi Hiruzen said slowly:
“Why does the terrifying aura emitted by Uchiha Madara make me feel that the ninja alliance is so weak?”
Might Guy was also extremely shocked.
The sense of oppression exuded by Uchiha Madara on the scene was too strong.
He couldn’t help but complain:
“This is a force composed of five great nations, yet they were overwhelmed by Uchiha Madara alone in terms of momentum.”
Hatake Kakashi: “Is this the feeling of oppression from Uchiha Madara?”
Uchiha Sasuke: “The founder of the Uchiha family, when will I be as powerful as him!”
Just looking at the aura emanating from Uchiha Madara on the screen.
Cold sweat was already pouring down Luo Sha’s forehead.
Luo Sha murmured to himself while trembling:
“Is this… is this the legendary Uchiha Madara!?”
“This is as scary as a monster.”
“No….even monsters are not as scary as him…”
Just when everyone was still worrying about Uchiha Madara.
I was impressed by the momentum of one man defeating thousands of troops.
The battle on the screen has already begun.
Uchiha Madara rushed into the ninja alliance camp alone.
He beat the coalition forces to the ground like chopping melons and vegetables.
Just using physical skills.
The powerful strength of the terrifying villain was displayed vividly.
Uchiha Madara grabbed a member of the Allied Ninja Forces with one hand.
Then this terrifying villain showed his identity as the king of dance.
Uchiha Madara said coldly:
“Do you want to dance, too?”
The man was thrown dozens of meters away.
It’s hard to imagine what’s going on in this person’s mind.
What a shadow the word dance cast in his heart.
As the battle progresses.
Uchiha Madara used ninjutsu for the first time.
“Fire escape, great fire extinguisher!”
As Uchiha Madara finished speaking.
Everyone in the Ninja Alliance exclaimed:
This is the real fire escape!
Chapter 51: Redefining B-level Ninjutsu, the Complete Susanoo Massacre on the Battlefield! (Old Version)
It was extinguished by the great fire unleashed by Uchiha Madara.
Suddenly the entire screen turned into a sea of ​​fire.
In the impression of everyone in the Naruto world.
Fire escape is just a B-level ninjutsu.
But what about this Uchiha Madara?
This doesn’t look like a B-level ninjutsu at all.
This is definitely an S-level forbidden technique!
It really redefines the so-called.
B-rank Ninjutsu
Watching Uchiha Madara unleash such a terrifying range of fire extinguishing.
The Ninja Alliance quickly organized a squad of ninjas.
Use water jutsu to create a water array wall to resist Uchiha Madara’s terrifying fire jutsu.
The audiences from all over the world watching this scene dropped their jaws in shock.
They began to complain in the chat area on the screen.
Ace: “Could it be possible that this guy named Uchiha Madara also ate the Flame-Flame Fruit?”
Yamamoto Genryusai Shigekuni: “This move is actually comparable to my Shikai move”
Boros: “No matter from the perspective of momentum or strength, this Uchiha Madara is indeed a terrifying villain.”
Zhang Chulan: “Is this just Madara’s Fire Style vs. a class’s Water Style?”
Uzumaki Naruto looked at the sea of ​​fire covering the entire screen.
I just feel numb.
The same B-level ninjutsu turned out to be so terrifying when performed by Uchiha Madara.
If the fire escape taught by teachers in school is like the power of a match.
The fire escape technique that Uchiha Madara used at this moment was as powerful as a nuclear weapon!
Uchiha Sasuke was also stunned by this scene.
In his impression, the most powerful fire escape technique he had ever seen was that of Uchiha Itachi.
You can see Uchiha Madara using this move of Great Fire Extinguishing.
Now I am embarrassed to say that I am a genius of the Uchiha family.
Hatake Kakashi stared at the screen intently.
Seeing that Uchiha Madara was performing Fire Style alone, it took the entire squad’s strength to put out the fire.
My scalp suddenly felt tingling.
Muttering to himself:
“Is this the strong man who lived at the same time as the Nidaime Hokage? It’s really terrifying…”
As everyone started talking.
Uchiha Madara released a fire escape at random.
The ninja coalition sent out a squad of members to jointly release water jutsu.
It was barely offset.
And with the collision of water escape and fire escape.
The screen was suddenly filled with evaporated water vapor.
The field of vision on the battlefield becomes a very small range due to the influence of water vapor.
“Watch out, he’s coming!”
With an exclamation from the Ninja Alliance.
Uchiha Madara’s figure slowly emerged from the water vapor.
At the same time, he performed the Fire Escape and Dragon Flame Song techniques.
Several huge fireballs were seen floating around Uchiha Madara.
This scene alone is enough to shock people.
As a huge fireball smashed down towards the ninja coalition.
This scene at this moment can be called hell on earth!
Uchiha Madara kept moving around and attacking in the water vapor where the visibility was poor.
It’s like an evil ghost in the smoke that keeps reaping people’s lives.
At this time, Gaara had become the Kazekage on the battlefield.
Looking at Uchiha Madara who was rampaging and unrivaled in the Allied Ninja Army.
Naruto and Tsuchikage Ōnoki in Sage Mode joined forces to attack Uchiha Madara.
“Super Large Jade Spiral Pill”
“Earth Escape, Earthquake Core”
The three of them used their most powerful techniques to attack.
The eye-popping scene appeared again!
All I saw was a giant condensed from almost materialized chakra.
Suddenly appeared in front of everyone.
He managed to withstand the combined attack of three people.
It turned out to be the complete form of Susanoo!
And Uchiha Madara’s eyes have now transformed into the Mangekyō Sharingan.
The attacks of the three people did not cause any harm to Uchiha Madara.
And at this moment, the Susanoo summoned by Uchiha Madara was already killing everyone in the crowd.
Seeing this scene, audiences from all over the world in front of the screen exclaimed in amazement.
Genos: “This Uchiha Madara is too strong”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “It was simply a one-sided massacre by Uchiha Madara alone!”
Doflamingo: “This guy is completely on a different level from the guy I counted before.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “It’s terrible. Even I feel terrible when I meet such an opponent.”
Just when everyone was sighing.
The battle on the screen has also reached a white-hot stage.
Naruto had been planning his ultimate move for a long time.
At this time, he used his strongest attack and threw it at Uchiha Madara.
Rasenshuriken!
Just when it was about to hit Uchiha Madara.
An incredible scene appeared.
Uchiha Madara originally thought that he would be seriously injured by this move.
He was standing there unharmed.
And an even more terrifying aura emanated from him.
And that is the ultimate move that Naruto in Sage Mode has been planning for a long time.
The spiral shuriken disappeared.
Seeing this scene, not only the ninja alliance in the picture was stunned.
Even the people in front of the screen were stunned.
Hatake Kakashi looked at Uchiha Madara on the screen.
He exclaimed in disbelief:
“That… that is, the Rinnegan!?”
Chapter 52: Uchiha Madara’s Samsara Eye appears, and Susanoo can actually seal the seal!? (Old version)
Everyone in Konoha turned to look.
Uchiha’s eyes have now become the Rinnegan!
This sudden scene left everyone unable to react.
Nara Shikamaru frowned and thought as he looked at Uchiha Madara’s Rinnegan on the screen.
“Why did I see the Rinnegan on Pain before?”
“It actually appeared on Uchiha Madara’s body at this time.”
“Is there any connection behind this?”
At this time, Sarutobi Asuma also said in a deep voice:
“Nagato’s Samsara Eye, could this Uchiha Madara also use the power of the Six Paths?”
At this moment, the audience from all over the world in front of the screen also recognized those unique eyes.
When taking stock of Payne, I already felt the horror of these eyes.
And at this moment, Uchiha Madara on the screen also possesses the same Rinnegan.
The audience from all over the world immediately started talking about it.
Garou: “Aren’t these the eyes of Nagato that I looked at before?”
Sanji: “It seems that all of Pain’s abilities are related to this eye called the Rinnegan.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Uchiha Madara also has the Samsara Eye. Can he also use Pain’s moves?”
Sakata Gintoki: “That’s really scary, but the pressure displayed by this Uchiha Madara is much stronger than that of Pein!”
The Second Tsuchikage, who was controlled by Kabuto, turned to Uchiha Madara and said slowly:
“As I guessed, the pinnacle of the Sharingan is the Samsara Eye.”
Uchiha Madara replied contemptuously:
“I opened my Rinnegan shortly before I died, and what did you do to my body?”
I saw Kabuto controlling the Second Tsuchikage and said slowly:
“I am just trying to establish a hypothesis based on the experimental data that Orochimaru and I have collected over the years.”
“Six Paths Sage… I finally got a glimpse of divine power using the power I created for you.”
After listening to what the second generation Tsuchikage said.
Uchiha Madara glanced at the Second Tsuchikage.
He said with disdain:
“Don’t get me wrong, this is not a power you created”
After saying that, Uchiha Madara began to make seals with his hands.
The long hair suddenly moved without wind.
A terrifying aura emanated from him again.
I saw the huge Susanoo slowly appearing behind him.
What is incredible is that.
The Susanoo behind Uchiha Madara actually followed him in making seals with both hands.
A destructive energy gradually began to gather.
Looking at this strange scene.
All the members of the Ninja Alliance on the screen were stunned.
Staring blankly at Uchiha Madara.
What is he going to do!?
And everyone in the Naruto world in front of the screen also exclaimed.
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “What!? Susanoo can also cast seals?”
Yamanaka Ino: “It’s so scary, I have a bad feeling…”
Aburame Shino: “With such a horrible sense of oppression, what on earth is he going to do?”
Hatake Kakashi: “Such a terrifying power is emitted even before the seal is completed. I can’t imagine what it will be like after it is completed.”
Raikage Ai: “This aura of destruction is surprisingly familiar. What on earth is this Uchiha Madara trying to do?”
Killer Bee: “Just from this Susanoo, I can already feel the power comparable to that of the tailed beasts.”
Ohnoki: “What kind of technique is this? It’s so scary before the seal is even completed.”
Nagato: “Oh no! This terrifying power comes from the technique of the Rinnegan!”
Nagato: “Could it be… that move?”
Everyone in front of the screen watched as Uchiha Madara’s momentum suddenly rose and he became stronger and stronger.
A bad feeling arose in everyone’s heart.
Such a terrifying atmosphere is constantly brewing in the picture.
Everyone felt that Uchiha Madara was about to release an earth-shattering move.
At this time, the picture on the screen is also changing.
As Uchiha Madara’s momentum continued to rise on the screen.
The cloudy sky darkened even more.
At this moment, there is a sense of oppression as if a storm is about to come.
The coalition forces stood there in a daze, watching what was happening before their eyes.
An extremely desperate atmosphere enveloped everyone.
Even the weapons in his hands fell to the ground.
“Damn it, what the hell is this…”
“You must be kidding me…”
Looking at the vision in the sky.
Suddenly cold sweat flowed down everyone’s forehead.
At this time, Temari looked at the sky.
“The gap in strength is not at the same level at all…”
Even Gaara, who had already become the Kazekage, felt extremely desperate.
Whispered:
“Is this… the power of God…”
Ohnoki stared at the sky in a daze, so surprised that he was speechless.
Looking at the shocked reactions of the crowd on the screen.
The audience in front of the screen were still very confused.
Let everyone show this kind of reaction.
And when the scene turns to the sky.
Even the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
What on earth is this!?
Chapter 53: The Heavenly Star Descends upon the Battlefield! You Call This Ninjutsu!? (Old Version)
As the scene shifts to the top of the screen.
Above the sky which was originally covered with dark clouds.
A meteorite so large that it could cover the entire ground.
Suddenly appeared in the sky.
Not to mention that huge meteorite.
Even the sky gives people a feeling of oppression that is almost suffocating.
If you were hit by this blow.
No one present will be spared.
And at this time, there was an extremely huge meteorite in the sky.
At a very fast speed.
Attacking towards the location of everyone on the ground.
This is none other than the terrifying villain Uchiha Madara.
Unique ninjutsu.
The sky is blocking the star!
At this moment, everyone on the screen was completely unable to think.
Faced with this scene that seemed like a punishment from God.
Even the instinct to escape has been lost!
Looking at such an unimaginable scene.
Everyone stood there in a daze, muttering to themselves.
“Meteorite…how could it be…”
……..Is this also considered ninjutsu?
“There’s no way to escape…”
An atmosphere of dead silence and despair enveloped everyone’s heart.
All the coalition forces have lost the courage to fight.
Never mind fighting.
Shrouded in this desperate and oppressive atmosphere.
Even the instinct for survival has been lost!
This is not a war at all.
It’s the end of the world!
And now watching all this happening on the screen.
The audiences from all over the world were so shocked that they were speechless.
Is this still a battle between humans?
Is this ability really something humans can use?
It took a while for everyone to slowly recover from their shock.
The comments section on the screen began to refresh again.
Tornado: “The last time I felt my scalp tingling was when Pain used the Chibaku Tensei.”
Tornado: “And this Uchiha Madara’s ninjutsu is really beyond imagination”
Garou: “You call this ninjutsu? This is probably a power that only gods can use.”
Bone King: “This Uchiha Madara is so powerful that it makes people feel desperate”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Compared to him, the guys I counted before don’t feel any pressure at all”
Zhang Chulan: “This guy was responsible for the extinction of the dinosaurs, right?”
Inosuke Hashibira: “This feeling of despair and oppression is just too strong!”
Yuji Itadori: “How can we fight this? This is completely a battle force of two different dimensions.”
Sakata Gintoki: “Why don’t we just surrender the Ninja Alliance? We lose half of our money if we surrender.”
Just as the audience from all over the world in front of the screen felt their scalps tingling at the Tenkai Shock Star released by Uchiha Madara.
The Naruto world will not be at peace for a long time.
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the Tenkai Zhenxing that almost filled the entire screen.
Even though he is the Sandaime Hokage.
He also swallowed his saliva.
“Pain’s Chibaku Tensei is terrifying enough, but Uchiha Madara’s ninjutsu is so despairing.”
Kakashi also stared at the screen with wide eyes.
At this moment, there was only one question left in his mind.
Can Uchiha Madara’s level of ninjutsu really be called ninjutsu?
Luo Sha looked at the Tenkai Shock Star released by Uchiha Madara on the screen.
Fear was written all over his face.
Even my back was covered in cold sweat.
At this time, he just murmured:
“Uchiha Madara is definitely the end of the ninja world”
Even Nagato, who was reviewed in the previous video, was shocked.
He also possesses the Rinnegan.
Watching Uchiha Madara use the Heavenly Shock Star.
“If I didn’t have the reward for inventory, I wouldn’t be able to deal with this trick.”
Ohnoki looked at everyone who were now filled with fear and despair.
At this time, he took on the responsibility of the Tsuchikage.
After evacuating everyone.
Suddenly, I saw an extremely huge meteorite rushing straight into the sky.
Earth escape, the art of moving light and heavy rocks.
Just after Oonoki performed the ninjutsu.
Try your best to stop the meteorite from falling.
With his best efforts.
The meteorite’s descent slowed down a bit.
But it’s just one point.
Looking at Ohnoki who was gritting his teeth and persevering.
Gaara also joined in and helped him stop the meteorite from falling.
The gravel on the ground suddenly turned into several pairs of large hands extending from the ground.
Together with Ōnoki, he lifted up the meteorite.
At this moment, Ohnoki used all his strength and even his teeth were about to break.
The nails of the hands holding up the meteorite were faintly oozing with blood.
With a roar from Ohnoki.
He and Gaara worked together to barely stop the meteorite from falling.
Uchiha Madara, who saw this scene, couldn’t help but admire:
“That boy Tianliang seems to have made some progress.”
Watching the meteorite that had been lifted up no longer fall.
The ninja alliance members breathed a sigh of relief.
A feeling of escaping death arose in everyone’s hearts.
The tense nerves suddenly relaxed.
Some people have collapsed on the ground.
“Great, it stopped.”
Everyone began to cheer for surviving this disaster.
Uchiha Madara spoke slowly again:
“Next…what are you going to do with the second one, Ohnoki?”
Everyone was trapped again.
It was a desperate situation like falling into an abyss.
Chapter 54: The Ninja Alliance was completely annihilated! This is the strength of the strongest villain Uchiha Madara! (Old version)
As Uchiha Madara’s words fell.
Everyone who had just escaped death was filled with joy.
My mood suddenly sank to the bottom.
What does he mean by this?
There is actually another horrific meteorite like this! ?
This is too exaggerated.
Originally, ninjutsu of this level was beyond everyone’s understanding.
But let me tell you now.
I’m going to give you a devastating blow of this level again!
Doesn’t this leave you no way out?
And this is just the tip of the iceberg of Uchiha Madara’s terrifying power.
The villain in this inventory is Uchiha Madara.
It’s really terrifying!
The audience in front of the screen heard these words from Uchiha Madara.
This immediately sparked a huge discussion in the comment section of the screen.
Zhang Chulan: “Fuck, isn’t this level of ninjutsu a powerful move? How can it happen again?”
Sakata Gintoki: “The truth is out! The reason for the extinction of dinosaurs was actually Uchiha Madara…”
Inosuke Hashibira: “This level of ninjutsu must be Uchiha Madara’s limit!”
Sanji: “Can you stop being so perverted? You always mention lunar meteorites.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Uchiha Madara, so cool!”
Hitsugaya Toushirou: “With such a terrifying move, it’s not likely that the United Ninja Army will be wiped out directly.”
At this time, everyone in the Naruto world stared at the picture on the screen with wide eyes.
Sarutobi Hiruzen felt a headache looking at the scene on the screen.
He took a deep puff from the pipe in his hand.
I thought Payne was invincible.
This Uchiha Madara refreshed his three views.
After all, Pain also created a moon when he used Chibaku Tensei.
You, Uchiha Madara, are better.
Not only is the power and momentum more powerful and terrifying.
And give you the whole thing again.
Seeing this, Sarutobi Hiruzen felt numb.
A certain Akatsuki organization.
Deidara looked at the Tenkai Zhenxing on the screen.
A sense of beauty with a sense of doom filled his heart.
What is shock?
What is art?
This is called art!
Deidara, with his eyes full of enthusiasm, said excitedly:
“I have been pursuing art all my life.”
“It was not until I saw Uchiha Madara that I realized the true meaning of art”
“It’s worth it even if I die!”
After Nagato heard what Uchiha Madara said.
Even he felt his scalp tingling.
The Chibaku Tensei that I made myself.
Compared with Tianai Zhenxing, it seems a little insignificant.
If the Earth-shattering Star is like a ping-pong ball.
That day, the star was like a basketball.
Compare the two.
Nagato’s surprise was self-evident.
What made Nagato feel even more incredible was that
This is a terrifying and oppressive star.
There are two more!
To everyone’s shock.
The images on the screen continued to play slowly.
Oonoki on the screen heard what Uchiha Madara said.
A look of despair also appeared on his face.
I just used all my strength to barely block a meteorite.
Face the next meteorite.
It can be said that even he was helpless.
Just when everyone had not yet recovered from the shock brought by Uchiha Madara’s words.
The despairing meteorite in the sky has slowly fallen down.
The whole world on the screen seemed to be shaking.
The violent shaking made the audience feel that even the screen was vibrating.
The destructive power can be imagined.
At this time, even the Ninja Alliance Headquarters was far behind the front line.
They all felt an extremely strong shock.
The huge coalition forces on the screen before.
At this point, the entire army was almost wiped out.
Corpses and flying sand were scattered all over the ground.
The entire battlefield was filled with a murderous atmosphere.
It’s just a ninjutsu.
Almost all of the ninja coalition’s 4th division was wiped out.
This Uchiha Madara is so powerful that it is terrifying.
“how so….”
A ninja who survived because of his quick retreat.
Looking at the broken limbs of the dead comrades around me.
despair.
At this moment, only despair hung in his heart.
The Kazekage Gaara was seriously injured and dying in this attack.
Tsuchikage Ōnoki was lying unconscious on the ground and his life or death was unknown.
Even the Kage-level warriors were seriously injured by this move.
The power of the Tianaizhen Star is truly terrifying.
Looking at the battlefield that has been destroyed into ruins.
The Reincarnated Second Tsuchikage exclaimed:
“This is the power of the Six Paths Sage. It’s amazing!”
When Uchiha Madara heard this, he just raised the corner of his mouth and snorted.
The disdainful look seemed to be mocking the Second Tsuchikage for his lack of knowledge.
This is how you are surprised at the first sight.
If I show some more strength, won’t I scare you to tears?
But then.
What Uchiha Madara did next.
It even makes the audience’s scalp tingle when they see this scene!
Chapter 55: The strongest tailed beast, the Nine-Tails, trembles in fear, and Uchiha Madara’s oppression is so terrifying! (Old version)
Uchiha Madara on the screen turned his head and looked at the Second Tsuchikage.
“There are some things I need to confirm.”
“The Art of Spiritual Communication”
As Uchiha Madara used summoning techniques.
Naruto below had a look of pain on his face.
It can be seen through the screen.
In Naruto’s consciousness.
The place where the Nine-Tails is sealed inside the body.
Naruto was curled up on the ground holding his stomach.
“My stomach… is so hot”
Naruto held his stomach in pain.
Half-kneeling and curled up on the ground.
At this time, the Nine-Tails in front of Naruto showed a look of horror.
“This calls upon my chakra.
Is it Madara!?
Kyuubi’s pupils suddenly contracted.
Even such a powerful tailed beast, the Nine-Tails.
Feeling Uchiha Madara’s breath, he trembled.
Everyone in the Naruto world saw this scene.
Their jaws dropped.
Hatake Kakashi: “What!? Uchiha Madara’s summoning beast is actually the Nine-Tails!”
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “As expected, he is the strongest person in the Uchiha clan. Even the spirit beasts are the strongest tailed beasts.”
Uzumaki Naruto: “Why? Kurama became Uchiha Madara’s summoning beast?”
Nara Shikamaru: “This Uchiha Madara is really so powerful that it’s outrageous”
Raikage Ai: “A top-level tailed beast like the Nine-Tails is willing to become Uchiha Madara’s summoning beast?”
Killer Bee: “It seems that Uchiha Madara is too powerful. The Nine-Tails has no choice but to do it.”
Nagato, who had fought with the Nine-Tails before, knew clearly how terrifying the Nine-Tails’ power was.
Even the power of the Eight-Tails alone forced him to use all his strength to deal with it.
You can see the screen on the video.
Nagato just felt that Uchiha Madara had become so powerful that it was unbelievable.
The Nine-Tailed Fox not only became Uchiha Madara’s summoning beast.
And after feeling the breath of Uchiha Madara.
He was so frightened that he was trembling with fear!
Someone who can make even the strongest tailed beast feel so scared.
How strong can this Uchiha Madara be! ?
Everyone in the Naruto world felt their scalps tingling when watching this scene.
At this moment, everyone in front of the screen was also shocked.
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Isn’t this nine-tailed fox the same one that fought with Pain before?”
Garou: “At the beginning, it seemed that I hadn’t shown my full strength yet and it was very difficult for Pain to fight me.”
Sanji: “But why is such a powerful guy afraid of Uchiha Madara?”
Inosuke Hashibira: “And from what was said on the screen, this Nine-Tails is actually Uchiha Madara’s summoning beast.”
Zoro: “Such a powerful tailed beast is like a pet in front of Uchiha Madara”
Bone King: “It’s really unbelievable. The villains listed this time are really daunting.”
After using summoning magic to summon the Nine-Tailed Fox to no avail.
Uchiha Madara turned to the Second Tsuchikage and asked:
“You haven’t caught the Kyuubi yet?”
The Second Tsuchikage, controlled by Kabuto, explains the current war to Uchiha Madara.
It was initiated to capture the Nine-Tailed Fox.
And the Naruto who appeared in front of him now was just a clone.
Then the Second Tsuchikage asked.
Should we capture the Nine-Tails Jinchuriki now?
Uchiha Madara just said lightly:
“No, there is a ninjutsu I want to try.”
“There aren’t many people here. It would be more spectacular if we used it in crowded places.”
Uchiha Madara’s words immediately made the audience in front of the screen exclaim in surprise.
Tanjiro Kamado: “How come this massive war seems like a game to Uchiha Madara?”
Genos: “He even just used the members of the Ninja Alliance as guinea pigs to test his ninjutsu.”
Usopp: “There are not many people here…..you have killed them all.”
Zhang Chulan: “It seems that he just wants to show off his ninjutsu.”
“The fighting power of the ninja coalition is so vulnerable in front of Uchiha Madara”
The images on the screen also began to change slowly.
All I saw on the screen was a battlefield filled with sandstone.
A strong tremor began to stir.
It was as if some insight was about to burst forth.
And then a scene appeared that made everyone open their eyes wide.
The huge tree roots broke out of the ground like wooden dragons.
Quickly tangle together.
It was a battlefield covered with sandstone.
At this moment, a huge forest of tangled roots appeared out of nowhere.
This is actually the first Hokage who is only known as the God of Ninja.
Wood Release Ninjutsu that only Hashirama Senju can use.
Wood Release, the tree world is coming!
Suddenly, wood chakra filled the entire battlefield.
The surviving ninja coalition below.
At this moment, everyone was staring in amazement at the extremely shocking scene before them.
A suffocating feeling of oppression suddenly came over me.
I couldn’t help but mutter to myself:
“He even used Wood Release…”
Looks like this is the end of it…
“Is there really no hope…”
Just when everyone was dejected in the face of such a desperate situation.
A figure stood up.
Gave everyone hope again!
Chapter 56: The five strongest shadows in the Naruto world gather together to fight against the strongest villain Uchiha Madara! (Old version)
Looking at Uchiha Madara’s Wood Release on the screen.
Everyone in the Naruto world was shocked.
This Uchiha Madara.
He can even use Wood Release!
This kind of ninjutsu is a secret technique created by the first Hokage, Hashirama Senju.
This is a ninjutsu that reaches the limit of bloodline.
I didn’t expect it could be used by Uchiha Madara.
This is really beyond people’s imagination.
This scene sparked heated discussions among the people in the Naruto world.
Iruka stared blankly at the scene on the screen.
The shocking feeling brought by the barrier formed by huge trees.
It made cold sweat break out on his forehead.
After a while, he said in horror:
“This… This is actually the Wood Release Ninjutsu of the First Hokage. Has even this kind of Ninjutsu been mastered by Uchiha Madara?”
Kakashi watched what was happening on the screen.
With doubts in his heart, he said slowly:
“How could someone else use a ninjutsu like Wood Release that reaches the bloodline limit?”
Sarutobi Hiruzen could tell at a glance that the Tree World Advent performed by Uchiha Madara was the first generation’s ninjutsu.
Feeling surprised, Sarutobi Hiruzen said slowly:
“This is unbelievable. He can even use the first generation’s ninjutsu!”
The usually calm Nara Shikamaru calmly analyzed at this moment:
“The ninjutsu of the bloodline limit is inherited by bloodline.”
“Could it be possible that the reincarnated Uchiha Madara has the bloodline of the First Generation in his body?”
The one who was most shocked was Yamato.
As a baby who survived Orochimaru’s experiment.
He himself had transplanted the cells of the first Hokage, Hashirama Senju.
But he couldn’t fully utilize the power of Wood Release.
But the Uchiha Madara in front of him.
The power of the Wood Release he displayed was almost the same as that of the first Hokage, Hashirama Senju.
Not only people in the Naruto world were shocked by this.
After the audience from all worlds in front of the screen saw this ninjutsu of the tree world descending.
I couldn’t help but exclaim again and again.
Hitsugaya Toushirou: “Such a huge forest was created in an instant!”
Tanjiro Kamado: “How much energy is needed to perform such a move?”
Sakata Gintoki: “Has Uchiha Madara become so powerful that he can change the natural environment at will?”
Brooke: “It’s really shocking”
Zhang Chulan: “If Uchiha Madara used this trick to plant trees, it would be very environmentally friendly”
Lucky Olieta: “Is this also wood magic? It seems much more powerful than mine…”
Facing such a huge Wood Release barrier.
Everyone felt helpless.
But at this time.
Uzumaki Naruto actually stood up.
After borrowing all of the Nine-Tails’ chakra.
Uzumaki Naruto used multiple shadow clones.
At this time, countless Uzumaki Naruto appeared.
Countless Uzumaki Naruto used the Rasengan to attack the barrier.
Under such huge chakra consumption.
Even Uzumaki Naruto, the Jinchūriki who claims to have endless chakra.
At this time, the chakra in the body has dried up.
And it was only under such circumstances that he was able to break the Wood Release barrier.
Uchiha Madara saw this scene.
Instead, he looked very happy.
“This guy is quite amazing.”
Uchiha Madara looked at Uzumaki Naruto who had tried his best and praised him.
Then Uchiha Madara flashed in front of the coalition forces.
Said playfully:
“I wanted to try a few more ninjutsu, but it seems like you can’t move anymore, Ohnoki.”
After Uchiha Madara finished speaking.
Among the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
It sparked a heated discussion again.
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “From what Uchiha Madara said, it seems that he hasn’t fully demonstrated his ninjutsu of this level yet?”
Garou: “What!? I thought that displaying so many powerful ninjutsu in a row was his limit.”
Bang: “This Uchiha Madara is so powerful that it’s outrageous”
Tornado: “It looks like this battle is completely one-sided.”
Zoro: “After all, this is a villain that can be on the list.”
Usopp: “That’s right! The sense of oppression displayed by Uchiha Madara is much stronger than that of Pain and Aizen.”
Sakata Gintoki: “It seems like this is undoubtedly the strongest villain!”
Following the heated discussion among the crowd.
The ninja coalition forces were originally extremely powerful.
Now there are only a handful of people who can stand on the field intact.
And Uchiha Madara was even just doing warm-up exercises.
This situation was caused by just releasing a few ninjutsu.
If he were allowed to use his full strength.
That’s really unimaginable.
Oonoki heard Uchiha Madara’s words on the screen.
He forced himself to fight and faced Uchiha Madara in front of him.
Roared:
“I’m going to defeat you here”
When Uchiha Madara heard his reply, he just said disdainfully:
“It seems you can still hold on.”
Then he didn’t hesitate any more and prepared to kill Ōnoki again.
But just as Uchiha Madara launched his attack.
Tsunade and Raikage Ai, who were originally at the rear command center of the coalition forces, suddenly appeared here.
He rescued Ōnoki.
Then the Mizukage Mei Terumi also joined the battlefield.
The situation at this moment.
It turned out that the five Kage gathered together to fight Uchiha Madara!
Chapter 57: Calmly fighting one against five, the villain’s temperament shocked the whole audience! (Old version)
Looking at the other people who came to support.
Ohnoki couldn’t help but sigh:
“Living long is good”
“I never thought that there would be a day when the five Kage would gather together and fight together.”
Looking at the five people in front of him who were exuding high fighting spirit.
Uchiha Madara simply said:
“You came just in time, otherwise I really wouldn’t have the enthusiasm to try it.”
He said it so casually.
The strongest forces of the five major countries seemed as weak as children in front of him.
The temperament of the strongest villain was displayed by him without any hesitation.
Hearing Uchiha Madara’s words.
Everyone in the Naruto world in front of the screen was suddenly shocked.
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at Tsunade, who had become Hokage, on the screen.
Very emotional.
When Pain appeared, Tsunade was seen on the screen taking on all of this.
And now in this great war, Tsunade is fighting on behalf of Konoha.
He looked at Tsunade on the screen and said with great satisfaction:
“Tsunade is an excellent student, and I have no doubt about her ability to be a Hokage.”
But then he looked worried and said slowly:
“But your opponent is Uchiha Madara after all, you must be careful.”
Uzumaki Naruto was also staring at the screen intently at this moment.
Cheer for Tsunade:
“Come on, Granny Tsunade, let everyone see how powerful our Konoha Village is!”
Only Nara Shikamaru looked worried.
Even if the scene shows the top combat forces of the five major countries fighting against Uchiha Madara.
Nara Shikamaru was also pessimistic and believed that he could not defeat Uchiha Madara.
Because of the little bit of strength that Uchiha Madara had shown before.
Let him feel Uchiha Madara and the people of the five major countries.
They are not on the same level at all.
Rasa looked at the screen and saw Gaara fighting with everyone else.
Although I have always been worried about Gaara.
But he saw Gaara who had become the Kazekage.
Luo Sha also rarely showed his pride as a father.
And as for the battle in front of the screen.
The opposite of everyone in Konoha.
He believes that at this moment, facing the strongest combat power of the five major countries.
Even Uchiha Madara.
That’s nothing to be afraid of.
And Gaara performed outstandingly in this battle.
It can also increase the influence of the Sand Village.
Thinking of this, he couldn’t help but say happily:
“Hahaha, thank goodness for this review video. After this battle, the Sand Village will rise.”
Killer Bee looked at the Raikage Ai who appeared on the screen.
Careful observation revealed that one of his arms was broken.
What is the reason?
Can it cause the powerful Raikage Ai to break an arm?
It looks like a lot of dangerous things are going to happen in the future.
I must protect the safety of Raikage Ai.
At this time, Raikage Ai was looking at himself appearing on the screen.
He didn’t care at all about his broken arm on the screen.
Instead, he was very excited to see the Five Kage fighting against Uchiha Madara.
Raikage Ai laughed and said:
“Hahaha, I never thought that one day I’d get to fight an opponent like Uchiha Madara.”
“I’m so excited!”
Although people in different ninja villages had different reactions.
But basically for the Five Kage battle against Uchiha Madara.
All hold an optimistic view.
After all, this is the most powerful shadow-level person in the five major countries.
Even if these five people joined forces, they still couldn’t defeat Uchiha Madara.
That would be really strange.
As the scene changes.
The five shadows on the screen also quickly entered combat mode.
Tsunade immediately started to treat Gaara and Ōnoki who had just experienced a battle.
The Raikage Ai and the Mizukage Mei Terumi faced off against Uchiha Madara.
Buy a few moments for Tsunade’s treatment.
I saw Mei Terumi using the Dissolution Technique to dissolve monsters.
Instantly, sticky and highly corrosive acid comes out of the mouth.
Sweeping towards Uchiha Madara.
But Uchiha Madara just dodged.
And he said coldly with a look of disdain:
“There is no need to absorb ninjutsu of this level.”
As soon as the words fell.
Raikage Ai attacked Uchiha Madara at an extremely fast speed.
“The level of thunder and lightning is Chiyo Mai”
Violent lightning-attribute chakra gathered around Raikage Ai.
Together with Mei Terumi, he attacked Uchiha Madara.
But under the attack of two people.
Uchiha Madara summoned Susanoo again.
The attacks of the two men failed to cause him any harm at all.
At this moment, the Raikage Ai on the screen said in shock:
“You can even defend against my speed.”
Then Oonoki rode on the Raikage Ai.
At the same time, he performed the light and heavy rock and heavy rock techniques on him.
His speed and strength reached an astonishing level.
With this terrifying power and speed, Susanoo’s defense was actually broken.
Looking at everyone who had lost the protection of Susanoo.
Immediately pursue the victory.
Ōnoki performed the Rock Colossus technique.
In an instant, an extremely huge stone giant appeared before everyone with a destructive force.
He attacked Uchiha Madara, who no longer had the defense of Susanoo.
Uchiha Madara stared at the huge stone giant in front of him.
Not only was there no sign of panic.
There is even some contempt.
An incredible energy suddenly burst out from him.
Everyone was guessing.
Such a terrible power.
Uchiha Madara is going to use his ultimate move again! ?
Chapter 58: The Flower Tree World Arrives! Uchiha Madara’s sense of oppression is fully revealed! (Old version)
Everyone in front of the screen looked at Uchiha Madara nervously.
Everyone was guessing what he would do next.
Just as the huge rock giant waved his hand to attack.
Uchiha Madara moved!
Wood Release, the flower and tree world arrives!
The dragon-like tree roots emerged from the ground again.
Tree roots are entangled with the rock giant.
The rock giant’s movements were completely restricted.
Even moving seemed extremely difficult.
Looking at the rock giant who was tightly bound in front of him.
Uchiha Madara just smiled slightly.
The huge rock giant was actually chopped into pieces by the tree roots.
This huge force is so terrifying.
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen gasped.
Tornado: “The power of this tree root is so strong”
Usopp: “Such a huge stone giant was instantly broken into pieces!”
Hungry Wolf: “If this strangles someone, there will be no chance of survival.”
Sonic: “As expected of Uchiha Madara, he is the most oppressive villain”
Tsunade in the picture couldn’t help but exclaimed when she saw this scene:
“That’s…grandfather’s…”
Tsunade hadn’t finished her words yet.
I saw another strange change on the screen.
Those thick branches actually extended towards the crowd at an extremely fast speed.
And a strange scene happened.
At the top of the tree roots.
Flowers actually bloomed.
As the flowers fully bloom.
Pollen is continuously released from it.
Tsunade’s pupils shrank instantly when she saw this scene and she exclaimed:
“Everyone, be careful not to inhale the pollen”
“Not only has the tree world come, but even the flower and tree world has…”
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the trees and jungle on the screen.
He said in great shock:
“This…is this the first generation…the advent of the Flower Tree World!?”
“If this pollen is inhaled into the body, even a Kage-level warrior will instantly pass out.”
Kakashi heard Sarutobi Hiruzen’s explanation.
I also felt a tingling sensation on my scalp.
Even a shadow-level warrior would fall into coma instantly!
What a terrifying killing move this would be on the battlefield.
Such a huge range of operation.
It can be said that as long as this move is used.
Any level of war in this world will end in an instant!
Thinking of this, Kakashi broke out in a cold sweat.
As he looked up and continued to look at the screen.
At this time, the five shadows on the screen were surrounded by trees and flowers.
Pollen like yellow sand filled the entire screen.
After Gaara performed the technique.
The crowd stepped on the sand and rose into the air.
This prevents you from inhaling pollen directly.
But just when everyone was still shocked by the huge scope of the flower and tree world.
A cold voice came into their minds.
“Your attention is focused on the flowers.”
The five Kage were suddenly shocked.
Turn your head and look towards the source of the sound.
I saw that Uchiha Madara had summoned a huge Susanoo.
He hacked at them.
Caught off guard.
The five Kage were hit instantly.
Fell from the sky into a world of flowers and trees filled with pollen.
It all happened so fast.
Even the audience from all over the world in front of the screen did not react.
The pale-faced scene appeared on the screen again.
On the screen, Uchiha Madara controls Susanoo and jumps onto the tall pillar.
He directly used the Fire Escape Technique and the fire was extinguished.
The collision of Fire Style and Wood Style.
Produced an even more incredible power.
The screen suddenly turned into a sea of ​​fire.
This scene is like hell on earth!
The few people who fell in the flower and tree world instantly fell into a coma.
Only Ōnoki still had a hint of confusion.
Looking at the people on the screen who had fainted in the sea of ​​fire.
The audience in the Naruto world was in an uproar!
At this moment, Iruka felt like he had been struck by a bolt from the blue.
His pupils suddenly contracted.
The heart was beating violently.
An expression of disbelief appeared on his face.
He trembled and said:
“Is Uchiha Madara so powerful…”
“Even the combined forces of the Five Kage…are no match for him!”
Luo Sha looked at the scene on the screen.
His face turned pale instantly.
Fine beads of sweat appeared on his forehead.
I thought that this time I was expecting Gaara to show his extraordinary strength.
Can further expand the influence of the Sand Village
But it can be seen that the five Kage combined are no match for Uchiha Madara.
Even scenes where one is about to die.
His brain has now lost the ability to direct his actions.
He stood there stupidly like a piece of wood.
The Raikage Ai looked at the Five Kages lying on the ground on the screen.
His expression suddenly changed.
There was a flash of panic in his eyes.
My heart was also shocked.
“How is it possible… Even with the combined efforts of those four Kage-level masters… they still can’t defeat Uchiha Madara?”
Everyone looked at the five Kage who were unconscious in the raging fire.
The strength of Uchiha Madara reached an incredible level.
Is this Uchiha Madara?
It has become so powerful that it is despairing.
Are the Five Kage going to die here?
Just when everyone was worried about the Five Kage.
The picture on the screen changed again!
Chapter 59: The Five Kage are about to strike back, and Uchiha Madara even wants to laugh! (Old version)
Under the influence of pollen from the flower and tree world.
The four Kage except the Tsuchikage Ōnoki.
All of them were unconscious.
The situation continued to develop in this way.
The only way left for everyone is death.
Oonoki still retains a trace of clarity of mind in the world of flowers and trees.
Looking at the other four figures who had already fallen.
Even he had the idea of ​​giving up at this moment.
He fell to the ground and murmured:
“Is it really too old?”
Looking at the stone in front of me.
His thoughts were brought back to the past.
The feeling he gave him was exactly the same as when he faced Uchiha Madara when he was young.
That feeling of despair rising from the depths of my heart.
Could it be this time.
Is it also a failure?
A feeling of unwillingness rose from the bottom of my heart.
Ohnoki’s fighting spirit was rekindled.
He demonstrated the will of stone as the Tsuchikage.
Then he used the bloodline elimination technique which was superior to his bloodline limit.
Dust Release, the art of separating from the original world.
As a translucent barrier condensed in his hands.
A beam of light suddenly appeared.
It actually extinguished the flames of the flower and tree world that were burning raging.
And a huge gap was opened.
He was also injured by this move without being prepared.
The unconscious Siying gradually woke up.
Looking at the four shadows who have awakened.
Ohnoki turned to everyone and said in a deep voice:
“Are you awake? Good, now it’s our turn to fight back.”
The audiences in front of the screen were amazed at this scene:
Zoro: “This old man really has a strong will.”
Garou: “That move of his actually destroyed Uchiha Madara’s barrier.”
Bangu: “He is the best player of the game. If it weren’t for this old man, I’m afraid these five people would have died here.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “But it seems that these few people can continue to fight against Uchiha Madara.”
Sakata Gintoki: “That old man’s moves are very powerful, even Uchiha Madara seems unable to resist them”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “Huh, according to the plot, this situation means that the villain is about to be defeated, right?”
Sonic: “It seems that Uchiha Madara will end here.”
Bone King: “Well, although Uchiha Madara is very powerful, it is still within expectations.”
And after everyone in the Naruto world saw this scene.
His confidence in the Five Kage was immediately rekindled.
Uchiha Madara will also be injured.
It seems that Uchiha Madara is not unbeatable.
As long as the five Kage work together.
Then victory will eventually belong to the Ninja Alliance.
Asuma Sarutobi looked at the Five Kage who were regaining their spirits on the screen.
Confidence also increased greatly.
He said:
“Haha, I didn’t expect the Tsuchikage’s Dust Release to be so powerful that even Uchiha Madara was knocked away.”
“Now it’s time for the Five Kage to strike back.”
Ebisu looked at the screen.
It seemed as if the five Kage were about to defeat Uchiha Madara.
“Yes, that’s right. As long as the five Kage join forces, Uchiha Madara will be defeated!”
Uzumaki Naruto also said happily:
“Come on, Granny Tsunade, you must defeat Uchiha Madara”
Iruka recovered from his shocked look.
Looking at the five Kage who regained their fighting spirit on the screen, they also said:
“Great! How could the Five Kage be defeated so easily!”
Killer Bee looked at the five Kage who had reawakened.
The tense mood finally eased.
Looking at Uchiha Banjirabi who was injured by Ohnoki, he sighed:
“The Tsuchikage’s Dust Release is indeed as good as its reputation. Even a strong man like Uchiha Madara can be injured by it.”
“After Uchiha Madara released so many powerful ninjutsu, he will definitely not be a match for the Five Kage next time.”
Luo Sha looked at the picture on the screen.
His mood went up and down like a roller coaster.
A moment ago, he was still feeling desperate because the Five Kage were in danger.
At this moment, he was extremely excited because he had dealt a heavy blow to Uchiha Madara.
He said with confidence:
“After all, this is the combined strength of the five great nations. How could they be defeated so easily by just one person?”
“It was only carelessness that put me in danger just now.”
“The real battle is about to begin.”
Akatsuki looked at the screen as Oonoki broke through the Flower Tree World and traumatized Uchiha Madara.
“Lord Tsuchikage, let him see how powerful our Iwagakure Village is!”
“Even Uchiha Madara will be defeated by Tsuchikage-sama’s Dust Release.”
Wen Ya looked at the picture on the screen.
The tense mood was relieved.
He also said slowly:
“As expected of you, Lord Tsuchikage. This is the will of stone that will never be defeated!”
The audience of the Naruto world in front of the screen.
They all gained confidence that the Five Kage could defeat Uchiha Madara.
Although Uchiha Madara is powerful.
But he will also be injured by Ōnoki’s attack.
This shows that he is not unbeatable.
Just as everyone was watching the next battle with full confidence.
The audience in front of the screen suddenly changed their expressions
An incredible scene appeared on the screen again!
Chapter 60: Five against one? Let me show you what five against one really means! (Old version)
Just when everyone was looking forward to the five Kage’s counterattack.
The scene on the screen suddenly changed.
The five Kage have actually joined forces to launch an offensive against Uchiha Madara.
The first person to take action was Tsunade, a medical ninja.
Uchiha Madara looked at Tsunade who was rushing towards him.
His face was filled with disdain.
He said slowly and calmly:
“Just an ordinary medical ninja.”
While speaking, Uchiha Madara summoned Susanoo to protect him.
At the same time, the other four Kage-level warriors also used ninjutsu to attack Uchiha Madara.
Uchiha Madara was actually forced into a corner.
“Desert Burial”
Following the sealing technique performed by Gaara.
Uchiha Madara was actually sealed in a pyramid made of sand.
Tsunade couldn’t help but cheer when she saw this scene:
“It’s sealed, great.”
And the audience from all over the world outside the screen saw this scene.
Some viewers think that after releasing so many powerful ninjutsu, Uchiha Madara.
It’s already the last gasp of a spent force.
What follows is just the clichéd plot of being knocked down.
Inosuke Hashibira: “Sure enough, at this point it’s just the clichéd way of defeating the villain.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “This is so boring. Is this the end of Uchiha Madara?”
Boros: “I’m afraid you’ve used up all the powerful moves you made at the beginning, but now they’re all exhausted.”
But another part of the audience thinks.
The sense of oppression exuded by this Uchiha Madara is extraordinary.
How could he fall here?
Genos: “Just from the move of the Heavenly Shock Star he used earlier, I know that Uchiha Madara is definitely not on the same level as these people.”
Saitama: “You’re right. If I was defeated so easily, I wouldn’t be on this list.”
Bone King: “Everything we see is probably just an illusion”
Everyone in the Naruto world also saw the screen image.
Opinions tend to lean towards the view that the Five Kage have already won.
after all.
This is the strongest combined combat power of the five major countries!
Even Uchiha Madara couldn’t defeat him.
Uzumaki Naruto looked excitedly at Tsunade who defeated Uchiha Madara on the screen.
Said excitedly:
“Granny Tsunade, well done!”
Iruka was also very excited at this time.
“As expected of Lady Tsunade, the winner has been decided now!”
Rasa looked at Gaara who sealed Uchiha Madara on the screen.
Said with great pride:
“In the end, it was Gaara from our Sand Village who sealed Uchiha Madara away.”
“Haha, after this, our Sand Village will be the leader among the five hidden villages!”
Raikage Ai looked at everyone on the screen.
Fold your arms at this time.
He said calmly:
“Even if you are Uchiha Madara, you don’t stand a chance against the combined forces of the Five Kage.”
Chi Tu looked at the screen and laughed:
“Hahahaha, we defeated Uchiha Madara, and Tsuchikage-sama played an important role in this battle.”
Wen Ya also smiled.
“Under the Will of Stone, any enemy will be defeated, and Uchiha Madara is no exception.”
Everyone in the Naruto world in front of the screen was still immersed in the joy of defeating Uchiha Madara.
The scene that appeared on the screen once again plunged everyone into despair.
Tsunade, who was just cheering for sealing Uchiha Madara.
A violent chakra pierced through his body!
At this time, the other four shadows on the field were so shocked that they couldn’t make any sound.
They all stared at everything in front of them with wide eyes in disbelief.
Uchiha Madara was supposed to be sealed in a desert funeral.
At this time, he slowly emerged from the ground.
And what he said next.
It made everyone on the field seem petrified.
Standing stiffly in place.
“What you have imprisoned is just a clone I created using Wood Release.”
Everyone who heard this.
His face turned extremely pale in an instant.
There were even beads of sweat on his forehead.
What Uchiha Madara said was truly too shocking.
It turned out that this was the person they had fought so hard for so long to seal.
It’s just a clone of him.
Everyone from the Naruto world in front of the screen.
Hear what Uchiha Madara finished saying on the screen.
It was like being hit by a bolt from the blue.
It was as if someone had poured a basin of cold water over me from head to toe and my whole body was numb.
It took a long time to recover.
The spark of hope that had originally risen.
It was completely extinguished at this time.
But soon the picture on the screen began to change again.
Tsunade’s wound, which had just been pierced through the body, was healing rapidly.
At the same time, the other four Kage also attacked Uchiha Madara.
Ohnoki used Dust Release on Uchiha Madara again.
But he actually absorbed it all.
Looking at the five shadows in front of him.
A playful look appeared on Uchiha Madara’s face.
Don’t you like five against one?
Then I’ll show you what five against one means.
As Uchiha Madara formed seals with his hands.
A scene that left everyone dumbfounded appeared on the screen.
Suddenly, twenty-five clones appeared.
Five clones versus one Kage-level being.
This is Uchiha Madara’s five against one!
Chapter 61: Twenty-five Susanoo!? Uchiha Madara is finally serious! (Old version)
At this moment, the situation on the screen suddenly changed.
Originally, the five Kage joined forces to attack Uchiha Madara.
At this time, it turned into five Uchiha Madaras fighting against one Kage-level person.
This incredible scene immediately made everyone in front of the screen exclaim.
Muzan Kibutsuji: “It seems that Uchiha Madara has not used his true strength at all”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “It took five people working together to defeat one clone with great difficulty, but now I have to face five Uchiha Madaras alone.”
Tanjiro Kamado: “The strength displayed by Uchiha Madara is really despairing”
Doflamingo: “These so-called Five Kage are not even on the same level at all”
Just as everyone was shocked by this.
Uchiha Madara said slowly:
“Should these clones use Susanoo?”
As he finished speaking.
Suddenly, the terrifying scene appeared on the screen again.
A terrifying aura suddenly came over me.
Everyone looked over.
The twenty-five clones released by Uchiha Madara actually summoned Susanoo at this time.
This scene beyond common sense made it impossible to think.
There is no doubt about the power of Susanoo.
But this technique that consumes so much chakra can even summon a clone.
Uchiha Madara in the Impure World Mode is so terrifying.
The five Kage on the screen were seen being defeated by this scene.
Everyone in the Naruto world watched this horrifying scene on the screen.
Suddenly they started talking non-stop.
The one who was most shocked was Uchiha Sasuke.
Looking at the breathtakingly powerful ancestor of the family on the screen.
Uchiha Sasuke was no longer able to think.
That fire escape technique was like a sea of ​​fire.
And there is Susanoo all over the screen.
Uchiha Sasuke was completely stunned.
“Is this the strongest person in the Uchiha family…”
At this time, Raikage Ai was watching the battle on the screen intently.
The combat power displayed by Uchiha Madara at this time was completely beyond his imagination.
His clone alone is powerful enough to make people call it abnormal.
Not to mention all the clones in here.
They can all use the extremely powerful Susanoo.
It can be said that Uchiha Madara is in his eyes at this time.
He is already invincible.
Tsunade stared blankly at everything that happened on the screen.
As early as when Uchiha Madara performed Wood Release.
She felt she could no longer think.
At this time, he looked at Uchiha Madara who summoned Susanoo on the screen.
A feeling of despair arose in her heart.
This feeling even exceeded that of Pain’s Shinra Tensei at that time.
She trembled and said:
“Is this day the end of the ninja world?”
Somewhere mysterious.
Uchiha Itachi looked at the powerful strength displayed by Uchiha Madara on the screen.
I am more convinced of the ideas in my heart.
There was a reason why the Second Hokage was wary of the Uchiha clan.
But when he saw Uchiha Madara summoned by the Impure World Reincarnation on the screen.
Uchiha Itachi couldn’t help but start thinking.
Who is behind all this?
Nagato possesses the same Rinnegan as Uchiha Madara.
That guy named A Fei is also very suspicious.
It seems necessary to investigate what happened behind the scenes.
At this moment, the audience from all over the world in front of the screen.
At this moment, I suddenly understood.
What a terrifying feeling of oppression.
Under the absolute strength of Uchiha Madara.
The five Kage even look a little ridiculous.
This is a huge gap in combat power.
It only makes people feel a sense of despair that Uchiha Madara cannot be defeated.
Facing twenty-five Susanoos on the screen.
The five Kage had no choice but to fight to the death.
Under the command of Ohnoki.
Tsunade injected the chakra in her body into Ohnoki’s body.
Prepare to use Dust Release as the final blow.
I saw Oonoki on the screen begin to condense chakra.
“Dust Release, Limit Separation Technique”
Suddenly, a dazzling white light filled the screen.
It is more powerful than the Dust Escape technique used previously in the Flower and Tree Realm.
At this time, Uchiha Madara used Susanoo.
No time to absorb Dust Release.
Under the impact of Dust Escape, half of his body disappeared.
The power of this move is so terrifying.
Gaara, Mei Terumi and Raikage Ai all attacked at the same time.
With the joint efforts of the five Kage.
He actually forced Uchiha Madara into danger.
Once again, a shocking scene occurred.
Uchiha Madara was forced into danger by the Five Kage.
An extremely powerful aura suddenly emanated from his body.
At this moment, even the sky and the earth changed color!
“No matter if it’s the Five Kage or anything else, it’s all in vain.”
And what happens next on the screen.
Not only the people in the Naruto world.
Even the faces of the audience from all over the world in front of the screen changed suddenly!
Chapter 62: Impure World Reincarnation can also be cancelled!? Uchiha Madara is incredibly strong! (Old version)
After Uchiha Madara said this.
An overwhelming sense of oppression suddenly swept over me.
The almost tangible sense of oppression made everyone present feel breathless.
And it made everyone present’s pupils tremble.
It is the complete form of Susanoo in front of you, which is three hundred meters tall!
After the five Kage saw the complete form of Susanoo.
Against the backdrop of Susanoo’s huge size.
The five Kages were like ants that could be crushed at any time.
Everyone in the world who saw this scene exclaimed again.
Yuji Itadori: “What kind of energy can be gathered into such a concrete entity?”
Allen: “This… This is a giant made of concentrated energy! Is the weak spot also at the back of the neck?”
Rintaro Goube: “If such powerful energy can be used in science, it will be a breakthrough!”
Zoro: “Are you sure? Such a big thing is just an energy body?”
Elric: “This world is incredible!”
Just as audiences from all over the world were exclaiming.
The scene on the screen is still going on.
I saw the complete form of Susanoo draw his sword and swing it out.
Several mountain peaks had their tops shaved off.
A seemingly random attack actually contained such terrifying power.
Seeing this scene, Ohnoki suddenly recalled the past.
He had a battle with Uchiha Madara when he was young.
But looking at the powerful Uchiha Madara in front of him, doubts arose in his mind.
So he looked up and asked Uchiha Madara.
“Why didn’t you kill us then?”
All I saw was Uchiha Madara standing on the complete form of Susanoo.
He just glanced sideways at Ōnoki.
Said lightly:
“Which adult would really fight with a child?”
Watching this conversation on the screen.
The audience once again sparked heated discussions.
Sanji: “This Uchiha Madara is so cruel, he kills people and destroys their hearts”
Zhang Chulan: “Haha, what kind of adult would argue with a child?”
Sakata Gintoki: “I don’t even take these so-called Five Kage seriously.”
Muzan Kibutsuji: “As expected, he is the most oppressive villain, and he speaks quite humorously.”
At this time, the video image on the screen is still playing.
Just when the complete form of Susanoo gathered all its strength to attack the five Kage.
The huge Susanoo actually began to slowly dissipate.
Even Uchiha Madara said doubtfully:
“It seems that the Impure World Reincarnation has been cancelled.”
The body actually began to dissipate.
Another shocking scene occurred.
Uchiha Madara’s chakra that had been slowly dissipating was now condensing.
Under the puzzled gaze of the crowd.
Uchiha Madara explained slowly:
“The so-called Impure World Reincarnation is a technique to summon the dead.”
“But he has a risk.”
“As long as you know how to make a seal, the dead summoned by the Impure World Reincarnation can voluntarily cancel the summoning contract for Impure World Reincarnation.”
“Immortality, release!”
Uchiha Madara formed a seal with one hand and shouted loudly.
At this time, he had completely broken free from the control of the Impure World Reincarnation.
Looking at Uchiha Madara who had his restrictions on Impure World Reincarnation lifted.
Everyone on the field had a look of disbelief in their eyes.
See this scene on the screen.
The dead summoned by the Impure World Reincarnation.
He actually canceled the Impure World Reincarnation mode on his own initiative!
Uchiha Madara will have immortality and unlimited chakra.
It is even not under the control of the practitioner and can act according to its own will.
This situation is really unbelievable!
So everyone started talking about it.
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the Uchiha on the screen who was freed from the control of the Impure World Reincarnation.
He was shocked at this moment.
He no longer had the calm demeanor of a Hokage.
Said in surprise:
“I’ve never heard of such a terrible thing. No wonder the second generation listed this technique as a forbidden technique!”
A secret experimental base somewhere.
Orochimaru watched everything happening on the screen intently.
When Uchiha Madara said that the dead summoned by the Impure World Reincarnation could actually be released on their own initiative.
Even Orochimaru’s eyes widened.
He licked his lips and said:
“It turns out that there are such risks in Impure World Reincarnation. It’s really eye-opening.”
The Mizukage Terumi Mei on the screen exclaimed:
“Too… there is such a thing…”
Looking at the people in front of him who were full of surprise.
Then Uchiha Madara said slowly:
“This kind of ninjutsu can’t restrain me at all.”
“Next we should go catch the Nine-Tailed Fox.”
The scene on the screen began to change.
At this time, the location was no longer the place where they fought with the Five Kage.
Just when the audience in front of the screen was wondering where the five Kage had gone.
The next screen.
It directly makes the audience in front of the screen’s scalp tingle!
Chapter 63: The Five Kage are defeated! Uchiha Madara fights the Eight-Tails and the Nine-Tails! (Old version)
As the images on the screen slowly changed.
The audience noticed that there were a few more people on the field at this time.
A Naruto in Nine-Tails mode with golden light radiating all over his body.
There is also a minotaur tied up with chains behind it.
There is also a one-eyed ninja wearing a mask.
With another ninja with a watermelon head.
It was Kakashi, Might Guy and the Eight-Tails.
As the screen rotates the viewing angle.
The audience also discovered a person with a Rinnegan.
It turned out to be Uchiha Obito!
Looking at the people on the screen.
Wanjie started the discussion again.
Zoro: “The one with golden light seems to be Uzumaki Naruto who appeared last time.”
Genos: “That bull-headed monster seems to be the Eight-Tailed Killer Bee that Nagato fought before.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “But the remaining few don’t look that powerful.”
Tornado: “That watermelon-headed guy looks like a minor character, he probably doesn’t have much fighting power.”
Bang: “The one-eyed ninja with the mask seems to have some strength.”
Zhang Chulan: “Look, the guy next to him also has a Samsara Eye.”
Sakata Gintoki: “In my opinion, guys with the Rinnegan are almost always bad guys!”
Garou: “But where did the previous five Kage go?”
Hungry Wolf: “How come he disappeared while we were fighting?”
Saitama: “The video images have changed, which means those people should have been dealt with.”
Inosuke Hashibira: “Sure enough, they are not on the same level as Uchiha Madara.”
Amidst the heated discussion among the crowd.
Looking at Uchiha Madara who appeared here at this moment.
Naruto loudly questioned Uchiha Madara:
“What happened to everyone over there!”
Then a powerful aura burst out from Naruto.
Looking at the angry Naruto in front of him.
Uchiha Madara just said casually:
“Over there…who knows…”
“I’m afraid… it’s impossible to be safe and sound.”
The image on the screen suddenly flashed with the figures of the Five Shadows.
The top combat forces of the five major countries are now.
All of them were seriously injured and fell unconscious.
Tsunade’s body was even cut in half!
Looking at this horrifying scene, the audience in the Naruto world in front of the screen gasped.
These are the Five Kage!
Watching this hair-raising scene.
Everyone started talking again.
Iruka looked at Tsunade who was cut in half and her face turned pale.
In his opinion, Tsunade is one of the legendary three ninjas.
But on the screen, he is already fighting as one of the Five Kage.
Such a powerful force ended up like this.
This Uchiha Madara is really too terrifying.
Looking at Ohnoki who fell to the ground seriously injured.
Akatsuki said in disbelief:
“How is it possible? Even the Tsuchikage-sama…”
Killer Bee looked at the Raikage Ai who was lying on the ground on the screen.
“Brother! Damn it… Uchiha Madara is so powerful!”
The atmosphere on the screen is already tense.
Following Naruto’s roar.
Naruto condensed a Rasengan in his hand and rushed towards Uchiha Madara.
Uchiha Madara raised his hand and used the fan in his hand to block.
The battle between the two sides officially began.
At the moment when the two sides come into contact and collide.
A powerful wave of air emanated from the place where the two people touched.
But at this time Naruto was very surprised.
He said doubtfully:
“Why didn’t it explode?”
But then Uchiha Madara once again presented a shocking scene.
Uchiha Madara, who took Naruto’s move, said slowly:
“Uchiha Rebound”
A destructive impact suddenly burst out from Uchiha Madara’s fan.
Kakashi and Might Guy, who were watching this scene nearby, were stunned for a moment.
What kind of move is this!
Not only did he block Naruto’s attack.
And it returns with even greater power.
This is really beyond imagination.
At this moment, the picture on the screen is still playing.
Naruto fully released the power of the Nine-Tails at this moment.
The golden chakra condensed into the shape of a fox.
Then Naruto and Killer Bee next to him.
He began to condense his strongest killing move, the Tailed Beast Ball.
Moment of time.
A terrifying force gathered between the mouths of the two tailed beasts.
The two tailed beast balls condensed by chakra slowly expanded.
Finally, they came together.
With extremely powerful destructive power, it attacked the Outer Path Demon Statue prepared by Uchiha Madara.
Suddenly there was an extremely strong explosion!
The halo produced by the explosion looked like a sun at this time.
Emitting a dazzling polar day!
Naruto who saw this scene said slowly:
“The golem’s chakra…disappeared…”
Very good!
With Naruto’s cheers, the tense hearts of the people on the field relaxed.
“Next… let’s get started…”
Suddenly, the audience in front of the screen felt a bad premonition.
Something terrible has happened.
It seems to be happening!
Chapter 64: The Ten-Tails vs. the Ninja Alliance! Uchiha Madara is ecstatic! Hashirama is coming!? (Old version)
The moment Uchiha Madara finished speaking.
A shrill roar was heard suddenly.
A monster with the Rinnegan and ten tails.
Everyone looked at the horrifying scene before them.
They were all extremely surprised.
Then the Ten-Tails in the picture was under the control of Uchiha Obito.
Start attacking everyone.
All I saw was destructive and violent energy gathering in the mouth of the Ten-Tails.
A ball like the sun was flying towards everyone at a rapid speed.
All the mountains touched by the path were flattened.
Look at this horrific destructive power.
The people from all over the world in front of the screen sighed again:
“What kind of monster is this? Its destructive power is too terrifying.”
“It’s even more powerful than the combined attack of the Nine-Tails and the Eight-Tails.”
“I didn’t expect that Uchiha Madara could control such a terrifying monster.”
“If you are hit by this blow, there will be no chance of survival.”
Zhang Chulan: “This is simply a biological nuclear bomb!”
I saw a terrifying ball of light spurting out of the Ten-Tails’ mouth.
When it was about to hit everyone.
It missed!
Seeing this, everyone felt very puzzled.
Such a powerful move actually missed?
Are you kidding me?
But the next scene on the screen explained this scene.
It turns out that the ninja coalition still has fighting power in the rear.
At this moment, they all came to the battlefield.
That’s why the Ten-Tails’ powerful attack just now missed.
It turned out to be because of Yamanaka Ino’s heart reincarnation technique!
Although he only controlled Uchiha Obito for a short two seconds.
But it’s enough.
Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Obito stood on the huge body of the Ten-Tails.
Overlooking the mighty ninja coalition in front of him.
Under the high-spirited roar of the Ninja Alliance.
The atmosphere of the scene also reached a climax.
The final battle is at this moment.
On the verge of happening!
At this time, the ninja coalition was under the command of Shikaku.
The strategy against the Ten-Tails was being implemented in an orderly manner.
The first to launch the attack were the ninja troops from the Hidden Cloud Village.
Under the laser halo cast by all the ninjas.
The entire screen flashed blue.
The dazzling blue light made the Ten-Tails unable to open its eyes.
Next came the ninjas from the Hidden Mist Village and the Hidden Sand Village.
Cooperate to release fog and sand all over the screen.
Then the Iwagakure ninja troops used ninjutsu to trap the Ten-Tails in a deep pit.
Then the ninjas from the Hidden Mist Village, the Tsuchikage Village and the Konoha Village worked together to perform ninjutsu.
The Ten-Tails was trapped in a deep pit and buried.
First, it interfered with the Ten-Tails’ vision.
They cooperated with each other to trap the Ten-Tails.
The ninjas from the five major countries cooperate very closely.
Seeing this scene, everyone in the Naruto world sighed:
Shikamaru looked at his father who was commanding the coalition forces on the screen.
“Haha, this is the wisdom of the Nara family. Even the Ten-Tails will be trapped.”
Sarutobi Hiruzen also smiled with relief.
“It seems that with the concerted efforts of the five hidden villages, everything is possible.”
Kakashi saw the Ten-Tails trapped and dead in a deep pit.
He also sighed:
“I didn’t expect that with the cooperation of the five hidden villages, such a powerful effect could be achieved.”
Asuma Sarutobi looked at the coordinated ninja forces on the screen and exclaimed:
“Even though they are from different countries, everyone’s cooperation is perfect. This is all thanks to Shikaku.”
Even Uchiha Madara, who was standing on the head of the Ten-Tails, couldn’t help but praise:
“I didn’t expect that the ninjas from the five ninja villages could cooperate so well.”
Just after everyone trapped the Ten-Tails.
Immediately launched a full-scale attack on Uchiha Madara and Uchiha Obito.
But what I didn’t expect was what happened next.
Originally, the Ten-Tails was trapped in a deep pit.
At this time, it actually evolved into another form!
A one-eyed humanoid figure.
A monster with ten tails.
Suddenly appeared before people’s eyes.
And at this time, the evolved Ten-Tails exudes an extremely powerful sense of oppression.
Looking at the even more powerful Ten-Tails in front of him.
All the coalition forces present were stunned where they were.
The evolved Ten-Tails quickly began to gather chakra.
A devastating force suddenly appeared before everyone.
Different from the tailed beast ball of ordinary tailed beasts.
The Ten-Tails’ Tailed Beast Ball has reached a terrifying level.
What is even more surprising is his ultra-long-range attack.
Under the attack of the Ten-Tails’ Tailed Beast Ball.
The headquarters far behind the ninja alliance’s defense line.
It was immediately razed to the ground!
Looking at the powerful Ten-Tails in front of him.
The ninja coalition on the field had no way out at all.
Just when everyone felt despair.
At this time, Uchiha Madara was at the edge of the battlefield.
With a ecstatic smile on his face.
Said very excitedly:
“This chakra… is Hashirama!”
Chapter 65: Gundam at the drop of a hat! Legendary Ninja War! (Old version)
Hashirama Senju, who is known as the God of Ninja.
He suddenly appeared in front of Uchiha Madara.
Uchiha Madara instantly summoned a huge Susanoo.
A chilling sense of oppression once again swept across the screen.
Hashirama Senju standing in front of Uchiha Madara.
It also summoned an extremely powerful wooden dragon.
The audiences in the Naruto world in front of the screen all looked shocked.
Sarutobi Hiruzen looked at the two people fighting on the screen.
Stunned, he said:
“This is the first Hokage who is known as the God of Ninja!”
“The wood dragon summoned by Wood Release is not inferior to Susanoo!”
Iruka felt his heart skip a beat as he watched the battle on the screen.
His lips trembled as he spoke:
“Is this the battle that our predecessors fought in their time? It’s really shocking.”
Raikage Ai watched the battle on the screen.
The impact of the picture is really too great.
Raikage Ai couldn’t help but take a breath.
“Such a huge amount of chakra, and the destructive power contained in it”
“It turns out that only legendary ninjas like them can achieve this.”
The Eight-Tails Killer Bee, the perfect Jinchūriki.
Looking at the enormous chakra emanating from the two people on the screen.
At the same time, he also exclaimed:
“The chakra energy emitted by the first Hokage alone is enough to rival the tailed beasts.”
“And the sense of oppression emanating from these two people is too strong.”
Luo Sha stared blankly at the battle on the screen.
Looking at Hashirama Senju who appeared among the shepherds.
Suddenly, endless admiration arose in my heart.
Is this the power of the legendary first Hokage?
It seems that there is only the man with the title of Ninja God.
Only then can you become a rival to Uchiha Madara.
Just as everyone in front of the screen was still sighing at the battle between the two.
The images in the video began to change again.
It seemed that the battle between the two was entering a new stage.
Uchiha Madara has become serious.
Susanoo has become its complete form.
And the wooden dragon summoned by Hashirama Senju.
At this time, it also turned into a huge wooden giant.
This is a familiar scene.
This made Hashirama Senju fall into memories of the past.
The picture on the screen also changed.
The scene that appeared again was the Valley of the End many years ago.
On the screen, I saw Uchiha Madara standing on Susanoo.
The summoned beast beside him turned out to be the Nine-Tailed Fox.
As the video plays.
The two men have already started fighting.
Under the control of Uchiha Madara.
The Nine-Tailed Fox’s body was actually covered with a layer of Susanoo armor.
Immediately afterwards, Susanoo drew his sword and slashed at Hashirama Senju.
But Senju Hashirama took the sword with both hands.
Then he used the Wood Release Bag Technique.
Suddenly, countless pairs of huge hands emerged from the ground.
The Nine-Tails, which was wearing the Susanoo armor, was trapped tightly.
Looking at Uchiha Madara in front of him, Senju Hashirama sighed:
“There is nothing I can do.”
So he put his hands together and instantly turned into Sage Mode.
“Senjutsu, Wood Release, True Thousand Hands!”
In an instant, the wood-attributed chakra gathered around Hashirama Senju.
A Buddha statue with countless large hands.
It immediately appeared on the screen.
A solemn majesty emanates from the Buddha statue.
See this eye-shocking scene.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen began to exclaim.
Zhang Chulan: “What is this! They actually summoned such a huge Buddha statue!”
Zoro: “I feel an extremely terrifying power from this Buddha statue.”
Sakata Gintoki: “Is this the Senju Hashirama who is called the God of Ninja in their world?”
Bone King: “With such ability, one is indeed qualified to become the God of Ninja”
Genos: “The Nine-Tailed Fox, which is so powerful in this world, is actually the pet of Uchiha Madara”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Only someone this strong can be a match for Uchiha Madara.”
As everyone exclaimed.
The two people on the screen also roared and rushed towards each other.
The Buddha statue on the screen was seen waving its fist rapidly.
Attacking Susanoo.
Under this fierce attack like a gale.
An extremely powerful explosion occurred.
At this time, the Susanoo controlled by Uchiha Madara was actually damaged.
The Buddha statue controlled by Hashirama Senju reached out his hand.
At this moment, the Nine-Tailed Fox was being held in the Buddha’s hand like a toy.
During the battle between the two.
The nearby mountains look like paper.
It shattered at the slightest touch in the aftermath of the two people’s attack.
This scene is truly terrifying.
As the aftermath of the fight between the two people on the screen dissipated.
The scene on the screen turned back to the battlefield.
Today’s Uchiha Madara and Senju Hashirama.
Just like that memory at the Valley of the End.
The two began to confront each other again.
But the difference is.
At this time, Uchiha Madara is already more powerful than he was back then.
Just as the audience in front of the screen were still guessing who would win and who would lose.
As the images on the screen change.
The battle between the two was about to break out at this moment.
Chapter 66: The Resurrection of the Impure World Madara! Instantly Killing the Nine Tailed Beasts and Incarnating into the Six Paths! (Old Version)
The audience in front of the screen at this moment.
They all watched the fight between the two intently.
Uchiha Madara took the first step.
Following the slash of Susanoo.
Suddenly, a terrifying force swept over.
On the screen, the wooden man controlled by Hashirama Senju flashed sideways.
After dodging, he quickly launched a counterattack.
Just when the two were fighting hard.
An accident happened on the other side of the battlefield.
Having absorbed all the power of the tailed beasts.
Uchiha Obito who became the assistant of the Ten-Tails.
It has already transformed into Six Paths Sage Mode.
An unexpected person joins the battlefield.
The person who came was Uchiha Sasuke.
With his collaboration with Naruto.
He actually stripped away the power of all the tailed beasts from Uchiha Obito.
Uchiha Madara looked at the defeated Uchiha Obito.
Then let Black Zetsu control Uchiha Obito.
Activated the reincarnation technique.
All I saw was Uchiha Madara on the screen.
Suddenly his eyes widened.
Feeling my new body.
“This is a decent body. This is the feeling of my blood boiling. This is what fighting is all about!”
The audiences in front of the screen were shocked again as they watched this scene:
Zhang Chulan: “What!? Is this Uchiha Madara resurrected now?”
Garou: “Does the Samsara Eye have this ability?”
Zoro: “Resurrecting the dead, this is the power of God!”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “It seems that all this is within Uchiha Madara’s calculations”
As the audience in front of the screen talked about it.
The battle on the scene has reached a white-hot stage.
The reborn Uchiha Madara.
The first thing is to absorb the power of Hashirama Senju.
I saw Hashirama Senju being stuck to the ground with a black stick by Uchiha Madara and unable to move.
As Uchiha Madara absorbed the power of Hashirama Senju.
The face of Hashirama Cell on his chest.
The shadow of Sage Mode also emerged.
After absorbing the power of Hashirama Senju.
Uchiha Madara’s next target was the nine tailed beasts that had just been separated from Obito.
Uchiha Madara was seen forming seals with one hand.
Released psychic magic towards the ground.
He actually summoned the hideous body of the Outer Path Demon Statue again.
Then Uchiha Madara jumped onto the Outer Path Statue.
“Wheel Grave Prison”
Following a low shout from Uchiha Madara.
All nine tailed beasts on the field were knocked down in an instant.
This is the most powerful tailed beast in the world of Naruto!
He was defeated by just one move from Uchiha Madara?
Suddenly, the audience of the Naruto world in front of the screen was in an uproar.
Sarutobi Hiruzen: “The nine tailed beasts were defeated in an instant! This is incredible.”
Uzumaki Naruto: “Kurama was also knocked unconscious by Uchiha Madara’s attack!”
Kakashi: “The fighting power of the resurrected Uchiha Madara has exceeded our imagination”
The Raikage Ai looked at Uchiha Madara who knocked down the nine tailed beasts with one blow.
My breathing became rapid and my heart beat violently.
This is a tailed beast that can easily destroy a country!
He was defeated by Uchiha Madara with just one blow.
He just muttered to himself:
“What is the current situation of Uchiha Madara?”
When everyone was shocked.
The images on the screen continue to play.
Uchiha Madara after defeating the nine tailed beasts.
Iron chains suddenly burst out from the mouth of the heretic golem.
The nine tailed beasts were firmly bound in place.
Then the nine tailed beasts were dragged into the mouth of the Outer Path Demon Statue.
The Outer Path Demon Statue behind Uchiha Madara.
Suddenly, ten eyes opened.
An extremely terrifying aura emanated from the heretic demon statue.
After absorbing the chakra of the nine tailed beasts.
The Outer Path Demon Statue behind Uchiha Madara has turned into the Ten-Tails.
Then Uchiha Madara became the Ten-Tails Jinchūriki.
The enormous power of the Ten-Tails was infused into Uchiha Madara’s body.
Uchiha Madara’s hair suddenly turned snow-white.
The Six Paths Robe was also worn on him at this time.
At this moment, on Uchiha Madara’s body.
It exudes an extremely strong sense of oppression.
The people on the field didn’t even dare to look at him directly.
This is the power of the Six Paths Sage.
There was no one left on the battlefield.
Able to fight Uchiha Madara at this time.
Looking at the people falling on the field.
A feeling of despair suddenly enveloped everyone’s heart.
As the picture on the screen turned.
Suddenly, a scene that made everyone feel incredible appeared!
Chapter 67: Naruto and Sasuke go all out, but Uchiha Madara is not serious! (Old version)
The audience watched the incredible scene on the screen.
Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke suddenly appeared on the screen.
The audience in front of the screen looked at the two people who suddenly appeared.
I was suddenly surprised.
I saw that Uzumaki Naruto on the screen had already obtained the Six Paths Sage Technique.
And Uchiha Sasuke next to him has already opened the Rinnegan.
Watching the changes in the two people.
Uchiha Madara didn’t care.
Because Uchiha Madara already possesses both of their abilities.
He was seen looking down at the two people below.
“This is the final duel.”
“My power or your power, which one is stronger? Let’s fight it out.”
After saying this, Uchiha Madara took the lead in attacking.
Uchiha Madara began to make seals with his hands.
The first move is a magic.
Immortal technique of Yin Dun Lei School!
An extremely oppressive force condensed into purple lightning in front of him.
Then the purple lightning rushed towards Naruto and Sasuke.
But at this time, Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke are no longer the same as before.
The two of them dodged it easily.
Then the two of them began to attack Uchiha Madara together.
Facing the combined attack of two people.
Uchiha Madara seemed to be at ease.
Uchiha Madara’s goal became to find the other eye first.
He immediately activated his ability.
In an instant, they arrived at the Kamui space where Uchiha Obito was hiding.
And Uchiha Madara came out again.
Already have a pair of samsara eyes.
Looking at Uchiha Madara in front of him,
At this time, Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto joined forces.
Launch an attack on Uchiha Bay.
All I saw was Uchiha Madara with a pair of Rinnegan.
Just lift it up.
He then resolved the attacks of the two men.
Sasuke, who possesses the Rinnegan, can see clearly.
Four more shadows appeared around Uchiha Madara.
And these shadows also possess extremely powerful strength.
And only his Rinnegan can see it.
This shows how powerful Uchiha Madara is.
At this time, Uchiha Madara was looking at the two of them.
He said with a slightly playful look:
“The entertainment show should end.”
The audience from all over the world in front of the screen who saw this exclaimed.
“Is Uchiha Madara not serious yet?”
“How powerful is he?”
“Could it be that you were just playing around with these two people before?”
“But these two people also possess terrifying power.”
“Does it mean that two people with such powerful strength are not worthy of being his opponents in the eyes of Uchiha?”
“What other abilities does this Uchiha Madara have that he hasn’t shown yet?”
“Uchiha Madara is so terrifying.”
Everyone in the Naruto world was also amazed.
Uzumaki Naruto looked at himself on the screen and saw that he now possessed the power of the Six Paths.
I am so excited.
But then he looked at the combination of himself and Sasuke.
There was actually no way to deal with Uchiha Madara.
In an instant, his mood became depressed again.
Then he turned to Sasuke and said:
“It must be because you are not strong enough that you are holding me back.”
Uchiha Sasuke heard Naruto say this.
He just glanced at him fiercely out of the corner of his eye.
He said with a disdainful tone:
“The tail end is the tail end.”
“Even if you obtain the power of the Six Paths, you are still the last one.”
“If I had fought Uchiha Madara alone it would have been over.”
Uzumaki Naruto felt deflated when he heard this.
He turned his head and didn’t look at Uchiha Sasuke again.
And on the other side is Haruno Sakura.
Staring blankly at Uchiha Sasuke and Uzumaki Naruto on the screen.
“Is this what Sasuke will look like when he grows up?”
“It’s so handsome.”
“It seems that even Naruto has become much more handsome after growing up.”
Then he shook his head and said.
“No, no, now is not the time to think about these things.”
Jiraiya saw Uzumaki Naruto on the screen.
Feeling very relieved.
In the last inventory he found out that Naruto was also his apprentice.
Look at what Uzumaki Naruto has achieved now.
He was sincerely happy for Naruto.
Jiraiya looked up at the screen and said:
“Naruto. You are indeed the son of prophecy.”
“The burden of saving the world falls on you.”
His body gradually emerged into the air.
As he slowly rose.
A suffocating feeling of oppression came over me again.
I saw a black ball condensed by chakra slowly emerging in his hand.
It suddenly turned into countless black balls and scattered in all directions.
At this time, Uchiha Madara clasped his hands together.
“Earth-shattering Star.”
This time it’s the Earth-shattering Star.
There are so many in the sky that they cannot be counted.
Everyone didn’t have time to be amazed when they saw the Chibaku Tensei on the screen.
And the next picture.
An extremely strange scene occurred.
Chapter 68: It’s raining!? But it’s a meteor shower! (Old version)
As Uchiha Madara launched the Chibaku Tensei.
An extremely huge gravitational force.
Suddenly it burst out from the black ball in the sky.
The rocks on the ground are under this gravity.
All turned into pieces.
They all flew up into the sky.
Suddenly, the meteorites created by the Earth-shattering Star came like raindrops.
Densely spread across the sky.
Looking at this weird scene that makes your scalp tingle.
Audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were amazed.
Zhang Chulan: “I thought Nagato’s Chibaku Tensei was outrageous enough.”
Zhang Chulan: “The meteorites created by Uchiha Madara’s Chibaku Tensei are like free ones.”
Tornado: “How can this be a meteorite? This is simply a meteor shower.”
Tornado: “And it’s a meteor shower coming right at us.”
Genos: “Now we can see the difference between Uchiha Madara and Pain.”
Genos: “This Uchiha Madara is too powerful.”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “Can this really be called a ninjutsu? Oh, yes, now it should be called a senjutsu.”
As everyone was talking.
Under the oppressive feeling of the earth-shattering stars that are like raindrops.
“The raindrops are harder and bigger like this.”
Listening to Uchiha Madara’s relaxed tone.
It was like the earth-shattering star at this moment.
As common as raindrops.
How terrifying is Uchiha Madara in the Six Paths Sage Mode?
It has become the biggest question for all the viewers in front of the screen.
Just when Uzhiban finished speaking.
Meteorites created by the Earth-shattering Star in the sky.
Like raindrops.
They attacked everyone in unison.
Such an overwhelming and dense range.
Everyone who watched it was so frightened that their scalps tingled.
Just Uzumaki Naruto and Uchiha Sasuke.
While we are still trying to figure out how to deal with the meteorites raining down from the sky.
Uchiha Madara was looking at the red full moon in front of him.
Then Uchiha Madara broke off the horns on his head.
A third scarlet eye suddenly appeared on his forehead.
This is an eye that embodies the complete power of the sacred tree.
Just as Uchiha Madara was looking at the huge full moon in the sky
That huge full moon.
It actually became exactly the same as the eyes on Uchiha Madara’s forehead.
This is a strange scene.
It made the audience in front of the screen feel their scalps tingling.
As Uchiha Madara said softly:
“Light up the world, infinite moon reading!”
It was an extremely dark night sky.
At this moment, a dazzling light flashed.
Then the sky turned into daytime.
What is even more incredible is…
Everyone on the field stared blankly at the sky.
And at this moment their eyes all turned into the Rinnegan.
Looking at the dazed expressions of everyone below.
Uchiha Madara clasped his hands together.
“The God Tree Realm has arrived.”
A tree root on the ground looks like a blue dragon.
Straight up from the ground to the sky.
And many branches fell from the root of the tree.
The people who were standing there in a daze were all entangled in it.
A person entangled in wooden sticks.
At this moment, they are like fruits.
Hanged on the sacred tree.
Looking at the people on the screen who have become like fruits.
The people in the Naruto world were suddenly enveloped by a feeling of despair.
The impact of this scene was simply too great.
A pale look appeared on everyone’s face.
Sarutobi Hiruzen’s eyes suddenly widened.
My whole body felt as if someone had poured a basin of cold water over me from head to toe.
Even his back.
There were cold sweats all over.
Watching this weird scene.
Sarutobi Hiruzen said in a daze.
“What on earth is this?”
Iruka looked at the people on the screen who had been made into fruits.
A feeling of despair grew from the bottom of my heart.
I saw that his face turned pale.
Said tremblingly.
“Is this Uchiha Madara’s final goal?”
At this time, only Uchiha Madara was left floating in the air alone on the screen.
Under the backdrop of a red full moon.
At this moment, Uchiha Madara was like a god.
The video screen ends here.
It actually began to slowly dissipate.
Then it turned into a black screen.
Saw this.
After several rounds of inventory, everyone suddenly understood.
This is the end of the review of the Uchiha Madara series.
It’s almost over.
But the people in front of the screen.
At this moment, my emotions are still immersed in this strange scene.
Until the subtitles began to appear on the screen.
Everyone gradually recovered from the fear.
[The Uchiha Madara series ends perfectly! ]Watching the subtitles appearing on the screen.
Everyone couldn’t help but start looking forward to it again.
What kind of rewards will come next?
Such a powerful Uchiha Madara.
What other reward could be suitable for him?
The next stage is to distribute rewards to the inventory takers.
The audiences from all over the world in front of the screen were once again shocked beyond words!
Chapter 69: Rewards are distributed, Uchiha Madara is confused, Li Fan exclaims that he has made a lot of money! (Old version)
Li Fan looked through the system at the audience who were still immersed in the fear of Infinite Tsukuyomi.
Looking at their reactions made Li Fan feel very satisfied.
Then Li Fan began to distribute rewards to Uchiha Madara.
All I saw was a majestic and sacred word.
Slowly it entered everyone’s mind.
“The Uchiha Madara chapter has ended perfectly.”
“The rewards will be distributed to those who count the items.”
I heard Li Fan’s familiar voice again.
Everyone was very excited at this time.
They were discussing what the reward would be this time.
Tanjiro Kamado: “For such a powerful villain, the reward must be great!”
Sanji: “Every time the inventory is taken, the rewards are very rare. This time the villain is so powerful.”
Sanji: “Uchiha Madara’s reward is really exciting.”
Under the expectant gaze of everyone.
The screen was originally black.
At this time, light began to slowly emerge.
Subtitles appeared on the screen again.
[Congratulations to Uchiha Madara for the successful inventory! ][Reward: Complete Six Paths Sage Mode! ][Reward: Direct Resurrection][Reward: Immortality]Watch the rewards on the screen.
The audience went wild.
Zhang Chulan: “After all this time, it turns out that Uchiha Madara is just a corpse now.”
Genos: “Now he is actually resurrected directly!”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “And he also obtained the complete Six Paths Sage Mode!”
Agatsuma Zenitsu: “This is not the most exaggerated thing. He actually gained immortality directly.”
Tanjiro Kamado: “My god, Nagato’s reward is so shabby in comparison.”
Sakata Gintoki: “But there is nothing we can do. Who said that Uchiha Madara’s sense of oppression is so much stronger than Nagato’s?”
Kyoraku Shunsui: “Indeed, this Uchiha Madara is the most oppressive villain I have ever seen.”
Kyoraku Shunsui: “It’s only natural that you get so many rewards.”
Just as the audience in front of the screen were discussing.
The image of Uchiha Madara gradually appeared on the screen.
At this time, the resurrected Uchiha Madara looked confused.
Uchiha Madara slowly opened his eyes.
An incredible expression appeared on his face.
“Where is this? Why am I here?”
“Could it be that Obito used the Rinnegan Jutsu to revive me?”
“It seems that the plan is going very smoothly.”
“No, what is this energy in my body?”
With this doubt, Uchiha Madara looked around himself.
He was very shocked and said:
“What’s going on?”
“I actually already possess the power of the Six Paths.”
Following Uchiha Madara, his mind moved.
Six outer robes suddenly appeared on his body.
An immortal staff appeared in his hand at some point.
Suddenly, an invincible feeling of oppression burst out from him.
But at this moment Uchiha Madara still felt very confused.
I should have died.
I guess I was resurrected because of Obito’s Samsara Jutsu.
Uchiha Madara raised his head and looked around.
But at this moment, there was no sign of Obito.
As he looked around.
His eyes immediately stopped on the magnificent screen above.
Uchiha Madara said in shock.
“What is this thing? I can’t even sense any chakra from it.”
And at this time, even Uchiha Madara had already activated the Six Paths Sage Mode.
Looking at the magnificent screen in the sky.
He could feel a power that made him feel afraid.
A thought flashed through his mind.
Such a powerful force, could this be the thing that resurrected me?
Just when Uchiha Madara was still confused.
Looking at the resurrected Uchiha Madara.
The one who was most shocked was Obito.
There is only one obsession in his heart.
That is to create a world with Lin.
But looking at the dead Uchiha Madara.
At this moment, he appeared in front of the screen full of energy.
A great desire arose in his heart.
This inventory checker actually possesses such powerful abilities?
As long as it can be counted.
Then resurrecting Lin is just a small matter.
Now his biggest wish is to be included in the list of inventory series.
He said in a daze:
“Master Inventor, you must inventory me next time.”
Nagato looked at Uchiha Madara who had already received his reward.
A huge wave of shock suddenly arose in my heart.
He also obtained the Six Paths Sage Mode.
But what Uchiha Madara obtained was actually the complete mode of the Six Paths Sage.
And he also possessed immortality.
It seems now.
He was no match for Uchiha Madara at all.
The thing he was most worried about at this time was.
The peace that I most desire.
Will it be broken by the resurrection of Uchiha Madara?
Li Fan also received the system’s reward at this moment.
[Congratulations to the host for the successful inventory! ][Reward: Six Paths Sage Complete Mode][Reward: Summoning Beast Ten-Tail]A series of system prompts for receiving rewards sounded in Li Fan’s mind.
Li Fan was extremely delighted.
Six Paths Sage complete mode!
And immortality.
What surprised Li Fan even more was.
Even the Ten-Tails became his summoning beast.
The reward this time is really generous.
But what Li Fan was most interested in at the moment was the ten-tailed summoning beast.
If this guy was summoned in the real world.
What kind of scene is that?
I have to say, it would be great if I could take this pet out on the street.
That’s really cool.
Thinking of this, Li Fan couldn’t wait to summon the Ten-Tails to take a look.
So Li Fan had an idea.
The body reappeared on the outskirts of a wild area.
Because it was at night.
The sky was pitch black at this time.
There were few pedestrians on the road.
So Li Fan began to use his psychic skills with confidence and boldness.
At the moment the system issues rewards.
He already had the use of psychic powers in his mind.
At this time, Li Fan made the seal according to his memory.
Performed it quickly.
Then Li Fan half squatted down.
Touch the land with your hands.
A formation engraved with mysterious symbols suddenly appeared in his hand.
With Li Fan’s loud shout:
Suddenly a huge breath came.
A shrill roar suddenly came.
Because the momentum is too huge.
Even the surrounding space became distorted.
Take a closer look.
The outskirts of the city were originally very empty.
Suddenly a terrifying humanoid monster appeared.
I saw that the monster had a hideous appearance.
It has ten eyes.
There were actually ten tails behind it fluttering in the wind.
Li Fan was stunned when he saw the Ten-Tails in front of him.
Because this Ten-Tails looks really too scary.
It truly appeared in reality.
Just like the Cthulhu monster in the novel.
It brought an extremely strong sense of oppression.
But Li Fan could feel a connection between himself and the Ten-Tails.
“sit down”
The terrifying Ten-Tails walked up to Li Fan and sat cross-legged like a pet.
If this scene was seen by other people.
I was so scared that my eyes almost fell to the ground.